Skip to main content

Full text of "Field Museum of Natural History Guide"

See other formats 


of  Natural  l^tHtnrti 

I.IBRARY 


JFram 


Hook  VLbL 


OHaHB  \ \ ^ 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2015 


https://archive.org/details/fieldmuseumofnat00fiel_0 


Field  Museum  of  Natural  History 


FIELD  MUSEUM 

OF 

NATURAL  HISTORY 

GUIDE 


EIGHTH  EDITION 


CHICAGO 

1907/ 


cjit^r 

9H 

7/ 

. I3I¥ 

Fys^ 


2-^ Go{iS> 


THE  CORPORATION 


BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 


George  E.  Adams 
Owen  F.  Aldis 
Edward  E.  Ayer 
Watson  F.  Blair 
William  J.  Chalmers 
Stanley  Field 
Harlow  N.  Higinbotham 


Arthur  B.  Jones 
George  Manierre 
Cyrus  H.  McCormick 
Norman  B.  Ream 
Martin  A.  Ryerson 
Frederick  J.  V.  Skiff 
Edwin  Walker 


DECEASED 

Marshall  Field,  Jr. 
Norman  Williams 
George  R.  Davis 
Huntington  W.  Jackson 


OFFICERS 

Harlow  N.  Higinbotham,  President 

Martin  A.  Ryerson,  First  Vice-President 

Stanley  Field,  Second  Vice-President 

Frederick  J.  V.  Skiff,  Secretary 
Byron  L.  Smith,  Treasurer 

D.  C.  Davies,  Auditor 


STAFF  OF  THE  MUSEUM 


Director 

Frederick  J.  V.  Skiff 

Department  of  Anthropology 

George  A.  Dorsey,  Curator 
S.  C.  Simms,  Assistant  Curator  Divisio7i  of  Ethnology 
Charles  L.  Owen,  Assistant  Curator  Divisio7t  of  Archaeology 

Department  of  Botany 

Charles  F.  Millspaugh,  Ctirator 
Jesse  M.  Greenman, Curator 

Department  of  Geology 

Oliver  C.  Farrington,  Curator 
H.  W.  Nichols,  Assistant  Curator 
Elmer  S.  Riggs,  Assistant  Curator  Paleontology 
Arthur  W.  Slocum,  Assistant  Curator  Section  of  hivertebrate 
Paleontology 

Department  of  Zoology 

Charles  B.  Cory,  Curator 
Seth  E.  Meek,  Assistant  Curator 
William  J.  Gerhard,  Assistant  Curator  Division  of  Entomology 
Edward  N.  Gueret,  Assistant  Curator  Division  of  Osteology 
N.  Dearborn,  Assistant  Curator  Division  of  Ornithology 

Recorder 

D.  C.  Davies 

The  Library 

Elsie  Lippincott,  Librarian 


CONTENTS 

PAGE 


Plan  of  Building . 8 

Sketch  Models  W.  C.  E.  1893 n 

Department  of  Geology 14 

Gems  and  Jewels  69 

Department  of  Botany  and  Plant  Economics  ...  77 

Department  of  Zoology 10 1 

Department  of  Anthropology 113 

Library 135 

Offices  of  the  Museum .136 


SOUTH 


4* 


PLAN  OF  BUILDING 


INDEX  TO  PLAN 


Halls  33,  35  and  36 
Halls  59  to  80 

East  Court 
North  Court 
Halls  I to  18 
Halls  30,  31  and  34 

West  Court 
South  Court 
Halls  19  to  27 

Galleries 


^ Geology 
Anthropology 

j Zoology 
( Botany 

( Physical  Anthropology 


Gems  and  Jewels 


Hall  32 


PLAN  OF  ROTUNDA 


Sketch  Models  of  Statuary, 


World's  Columbian  Exposition  1893. 

The  Rotunda  of  the  main  building  of  the  Museum  is  de- 
voted to  an  artistic  memorial  of  Columbus  and  of  the  Colum- 
bian Exposition.  The  center-piece  — the  statue  of  the  Great 
Discoverer  with  uplifted  sword  consecrating  the  New  World  — 
at  once  attracts  attention  both  as  an  historical  study  and  as  a 
masterpiece  of  art.  The  original  sketch  models  of  the  figures 
and  groups  of  figures  ornamenting  the  main  Exposition  build- 
ings, and  donated  by  the  Exposition  to  the  Museum,  occupy 
the  entire  space  around  the  statue.  These  models  are  invalu- 
able as  works  of  modern  art,  representing  the  genius  of  the 
most  talented  sculptors  of  the  present  day. 

In  the  contracts  entered  into  with  the  various  prominent 
sculptors  they  were  called  upon  to  furnish  what  are  called 
“Sketches”  of  the  sculptural  decorations,  i.  e.,  the  models  were 
to  be  about  one-sixth  of  the  full  size;  from  these  models  the 
Exposition’s  force  of  sculptors  prepared  full-size  work  by  en- 
larging the  “Sketches”  six  times.  All  the  models  were  first 
submitted  to  the  architects  of  the  buildings  for  their  approval, 
in  order  to  harmonize  the  sculptural  decorations  with  the  archi- 
tecture. The  models  here  shown  are  the  original  “Sketches.” 
No.  I — Columbus.  By  Augustus  St.  Gaudens.  This  im- 
posing full-size  statue  stood  overlooking  the  Court  of  Honor 
at  the  main  portal  of  the  Administration  Building.  Translation 
of  Latin  inscription  on  Pedestal: 

‘ ‘ In  late  years  the  centuries  will  come 
‘ ‘ When  the  ocean  will  loose  its  fetters 
“And  the  vast  earth  will  lie  open, 

“And  Tethis  will  disclose  new  countries. 

“When  Thule  will  no  longer  be  the  remotest  of  lands.” 

No.  2. — Statue  of  the  Republic.  By  Daniel  C.  French. 

Nos.  3 TO  38. — Statuary  on  Administration  Building.  By 
Karl  Bitter,  Sculptor. 


II 


12  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


3- 

Water  Controlled. 

21. 

Education. 

4. 

Water  Uncontrolled. 

22. 

Truth. 

5- 

Fire  Controlled. 

23- 

Strength. 

6. 

Fire  Uncontrolled. 

24. 

Liberty. 

7- 

Earth  Controlled. 

25- 

Charity. 

8. 

Earth  Uncontrolled. 

26. 

Abundance. 

9- 

Air  Controlled. 

27. 

Theology. 

10. 

Air  Uncontrolled. 

28. 

Diligence. 

II. 

Goddess  of  Fire. 

29. 

Joy. 

12. 

Fisher  Maiden. 

30- 

Unity. 

13- 

Bather. 

31- 

Strength. 

14. 

Diana. 

32. 

Peace. 

15* 

Air. 

33- 

Religion. 

16. 

Harvest  Girl. 

34. 

Industry. 

17- 

Blacksmith. 

35- 

Art. 

18. 

Flower  Girl. 

36. 

Commerce. 

19. 

Patriotism. 

37- 

War. 

20. 

Tradition. 

38. 

Justice. 

Nos.  39  TO  45. — Sculpture  Work  on  Agricultural  Building. 
By  Phillip  Martiny. 


39.  Four  Nations. 

42.  Horse  Group. 

40.  Four  Seasons. 

43.  Ceres. 

41.  Cattle  Group. 

44.  Zodiac. 

45.  Victory. 

Nos.  46  TO  51. — Figures  of 

Inventors.  Sculpture 

Work 

Machinery  Hall.  By  Robert  Kraus. 

46.  Galvani. 

49.  Ericsson. 

47.  Whitney. 

50.  James  Watt. 

48.  Daguerre. 

51.  Senf  elder. 

Nos.  52  TO  57. — Six  figures 

on  Machinery  Hall. 

By 

M. 

Waagen. 

52.  Science. 

55.  Fire. 

53.  Earth. 

56.  Air. 

54.  Water. 

57.  Victory. 

Nos.  58  AND  59. — Sculpture 

on  Colonnade.  By 

M. 

A. 

Waagen. 

58.  Horse  Group.  59.  Cattle  Group. 

Nos.  60  AND  61. — Electricity  Building. 

60.  Electrition,  by  I.  A.  Blankinship. 

61.  Experimental  Electricity,  by  N.  A.  McNeil. 
No.  62. — Sculpture  Work  on  Lagoons. 


SKETCH  MODELS  OF  STATUARY 


13 


62.  Lion  at  base  of  Obelisk,  by  M.  A.  Waagen. 

Nos.  63  TO  66. — Sculpture  Work  on  Boat  Landings,  by 
D.  C.  French,  and  E.  C.  Potter. 

63.  Industry  (Horse).  65.  Wheat  (Bull). 

64.  Sloth(Horse).  66.  Indian  Com  (Bull). 

No.  67  TO  69. — Sculpture  Work  on  Bridges  of  Lagoons. 
By  Edward  Kemeys. 

67.  Buffalo  — Male.  68.  Buffalo  — Female. 

69.  The  Still  Hunt. 

No.  70. — Glorification  of  Discovery.  By  Cratt. 

No.  71. — The  Columbus  Quadriga.  By  French  and  Potter. 
This  crowned  the  arch  of  the  Peristyle. 


Department  of  Geology, 


The  collections  of  this  Department  illustrate  the  subject  of 
geology  and  its  subdivisions,  chief  among  which  are  paleontol- 
ogy, mineralogy,  economic  geology,  and  geographic  geology. 
The  collections  are  grouped  so  as  to  represent  these  subdivisions 
separately  while  they  also  form  a comprehensive  whole.  The 
collections  occupy  three  halls  of  the  main  building  and  the 
entire  west  wing.  The  total  number  of  specimens  displayed  is 
about  65,000,  subdivided  as  follows:  Paleontological  specimens 

25.000,  mineralogical  specimens  10,000,  economic  specimens 

20.000,  miscellaneous  10,000.  Entering  the  Department  from 
the  West  Court  the  visitor  will  find  the  alcove  and  first  six 
halls  devoted  to  paleontology. 

Alcove  103.  Halls  33,  35,  36,  59,  60,  and  61. 

PALEONTOLOGY. 

In  the  Division  of  Paleontology  it  is  sought  to  illustrate  by 
fossils  or  by  casts  and  models  of  these,  the  animal  and  vegetable 
forms  which  have  characterized  the  life  of  the  globe  at  the  suc- 
cessive stages  of  its  history.  The  arrangement  is  primarily 
chronological  and  secondarily  zoological.  Advancing  from 
hall  to  hall  the  visitor  sees  the  development  of  life  upon  the 
earth  illustrated  in  the  same  order  in  which  it  occurred  in 
Nature.  Thus  in  the  first  hall  of  the  series.  Hall  33,  are  to  be 
seen  the  fossils  of  the  earliest  era  of  the  earth’s  history,  the 
Paleozoic;  in  the  next  three  halls.  Halls  35,  36,  and  59,  those  of 
the  middle  era  or  Mesozoic;  and  in  the  remaining  three  halls. 
Halls  59,  60,  and  61,  the  fossils  of  the  Cenozoic  or  recent  era. 
Within  each  hall,  so  far  as  is  possible,  the  fossils  of  each  period 
are  arranged  so  that  those  of  the  earliest  period  shall  come  first, 
then  those  of  the  next  succeeding  age,  and  so  on.  Within  each 
period,  however,  the  specimens  are  arranged  in  accordance  with 
their  zoological  rank,  beginning  with  the  lowest.  Fossil  plants, 

14 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY 


where  they  occur,  are  thus  placed  first;  then  in  order,  Pro- 
tozoans, Radiates,  Molluscs,  Articulates,  and  Vertebrates. 

The  specimen  labels  show:  ist,  the  name  of  the  species, 

together  with  that  of  the  authority  by  whom  named;  2d,  the 
geological  period  or  epoch  to  which  each  belongs;  and  3d, 
the  locality. 

Alcove  103. 

Here  are  shown  several  large  specimens  of  general  geological 
interest.  Among  them  are  two  broad  slabs  of  rock  cut  from 
ledges  the  surfaces  of  which  had  been  scoured  and  polished  by 
movement  of  the  continental  glacier  over  them.  One  of  the 
slabs  is  sandstone  from  North  Amherst,  Ohio;  the  other  is  lime- 
stone from  Kelley’s  Island,  Lake  Erie.  Several  types  of  glacial 
marking  are  illustrated  on  the  slabs,  including  fluting  and  ice- 
berg action.  The  slabs  are  probably  the  finest  of  the  kind  to  be 
seen  in  any  museum.  Other  specimens  here  shown  are  a section 
of  Arietites,  a huge  mollusc  allied  to  the  modern  nautilus,  and 
tracks  of  reptiles  of  the  Triassic  period,  on  sandstone  from 
Turner’s  Falls,  Mass. 

A model  of  the  Moon  is  also  exhibited  here.  This  is  a model 
in  relief  of  the  visible  hemisphere  of  the  Moon,  made  on  a 
horizontal  scale  of  1:600,000  and  vertical  scale  of  1:200,000. 
The  hemisphere  is  18  feet  in  diameter.  It  is  much  the  largest 
and  most  accurate  work  of  the  kind  ever  executed. 

The  division  of  the  Moon’s  surface  into  plains  and  moun- 
tainous regions  is  well  illustrated,  also  the  great  size  and 
peculiar  characters  of  its  so-called  volcanoes. 

Hall  33. 

This  hall  is  devoted  to  fossils  of  the  Paleozoic  era  and  the 
Triassic  period  of  the  Mesozoic  era.  The  series  begins  at  the 
south  end  of  the  hall  with  the  Cambrian  period  and  continues 
toward  the  north  end  with  the  Ordovician,  Silurian,  Devonian, 
Carboniferous,  Permian,  and  Triassic  in  the  order  named. 

Cambrian  Period. — The  Cambrian  is  the  earliest  period  from 
which  well-defined  fossils  are  found,  and  many  of  these  are  frag- 
mentary and  rather  obscure.  Eozdon  canadense,  of  which  several 
specimens  are  shown,  is  found  in  rocks  older  than  the  Cambrian 
and  is  supposed  by  some  to  represent  the  earliest  form  of  life. 
The  specimens  are  made  up  of  alternate  layers  of  calcite  and 
serpentine,  which  are  thought  by  some  to  represent  the  shell 


i6  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


and  body  cavity  of  an  ancient,  huge  Rhizopod.  But  most 
paleontologists  regard  the  masses  as  of  wholly  inorganic 
origin. 

Plants  are  represented  impressions  of  seaweeds  such  as 
Paleophycus  and  other  Algae.  Trails  and  borings  of  marine 
worms  such  as  Scolithus  and  Arenicolitcs  are  shown.  Lingu- 
Icpis  is  one  of  the  earliest  Bradiiopods.  The  tracks  of  Climac- 
tichnites  on  a large  slab  of  sandstone  from  Wisconsin  were 
probably  made  by  some  large  mollusc,  although  they  have  been 
considered  by  some  to  be  Trilobite  tracks.  Trilobites  are  the 
most  characteristic  fossils  of  this  period  and  a good  series  of 
specimens  is  shown,  representing  such  genera  as  Ogygopsis,  Para- 
doxides,  Olenellus,  Chonocep halites,  Dikelocephalus,  Ptychoparia, 
Agnostus,  etc.  These  illustrate  range  in  size. 

Ordovtcian  Period. — The  fossils  of  this  period,  as  a general 
rule,  are  well  preserved  and  abundant.  Nearly  all  classes  of 
marine  invertebrate  animals  are  represented  in  the  collection 
and  the  abundance  of  life  is  shown  by  slabs  of  Plectambonites , 
Leptmia,  etc.,  -which  are  literally  masses  of  shells. 

Receptaculites  and  Brachiospongia  are  calcareous  sponges. 
Graptolithus,  Diplograptus,  Tetragraptus,  etc.,  are  Hydroids 
known  as  Graptolites,  abundant  fossils  of  this  era.  The  name 
is  derived  from  the  Greek  word  meaning  “to  write,”  and  refers 
to  the  plume-like  nature  of  the  remains. 

Corals  were  rare  in  this  period.  Occurring  forms  are  repre- 
sented by  Streptelasma,  a cup  coral  and  Columnaria,  in  large 
masses  of  honeycomb  coral. 

Glyptocrinus  and  locrinus,  specimens  of  which  are  shown, 
are  among  the  earliest  known  crinoids.  They  were  attached  by 
a jointed  stem  and  bore  many-branching  arms.  They  have 
been  appropriately  termed  sea -lilies. 

Bryozoans  are  among  the  most  important  and  abundant  fossils 
of  this  period.  They  are  illustrated  by  Bythopora,  Callopora, 
Batostoma,  Constellaria,  Monticulipora,  etc. 

Brachiopods,  though  found  only  in  small  numbers  at  the 
present  day,  were  in  Paleozoic  times  one  of  the  most  abundant 
and  characteristic  forms  of  marine  life.  In  structure  they  have 
points  of  alliance  with  the  Worms  on  the  one  hand  and  with 
Molluscs  on  the  other. 

Articulate  Brachiopods,  or  those  having  a well-developed 
hinge,  are  represented  by  Strophomena  and  Rafinesquina  of  the 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY  17 


concavo-convex  forms,  and  by  Orthis,  Rhynchotrema,  etc.,  of 
the  globose  forms. 

Byssonychia,  V anuxemia,  Cystodonta,  Orthodesmay  etc.,  are 
Pelecypods  or  bivalve  molluscs. 

Bellerophofiy  Maclurea,  Pleurotomaria,  etc.,  are  Gastropods 
or  single -valved  molluscs. 

Tentaculites  were  minute  molluscs  of  the  class  Pteropods. 
Conularia  — perhaps  also  a Pteropod. 

Cephalopods  were  the  largest  known  animals  of  this  period. 
Orthoceras,  Camaroceras,  EndoceraSy  etc.  represent  them.  One 
specimen  of  the  last  named  genus  exhibited  over  the  wall  cases 
probably  attained  a length  of  fifteen  or  more  feet  when  complete. 

Trilobites  were,  perhaps,  the  most  characteristic  fossils  of 
early  Paleozoic  time.  They  were  Crustaceans  having  a horny 
shell  similar  to  the  crabs  of  the  present  day.  They  reached  their 
greatest  development  as  to  number  of  genera  in  this  period. 
AsaphuSy  Acidaspisy  IllcBnuSy  DalmaniteSy  TriarthuruSy  Trinu- 
cleus y etc.,  are  typical  genera. 

Scales  and  teeth  indicate  the  presence  of  fishes,  which  were 
the  only  vertebrate  animals  known.  The  number  of  important 
animal  types  having  existence  in  even  the  early  geological  periods 
is  worthy  of  note. 

Silurian  Period  or  Age  of  Molluscs. — Silurian  fossils  show 
continued  development  of  life.  Plants  are  still  seaweeds,  such 
as  Bythotrephis  and  Arthrophycus.  Some  writers  consider  the 
latter  to  be  the  cast  of  the  trails  of  some  animal.  Astreospongioy 
Astylospongioy  Paleomanon  and  Cerionites  are  typical  Silurian 
Sponges. 

MonograptuSy  Graptolithus  and  Diplograptus  continue  from 
the  Ordovician  but  disappear,  as  do  all  Graptolites,  with  the 
close  of  this  period.  Stromatoporay  one  of  the  reef-building 
Hydroids,  although  quite  different  from  the  Graptolites  in  habit, 
is  referred  to  the  same  group.  True  corals  were  abundant  and 
are  fully  illustrated  in  the  collections.  The  reef -builders,  such  as 
Haly sites  or  Chain  coral,  Favosites  or  Honeycomb  coral,  ThecOy 
Heliolites  or  Sun  coral,  etc.,  predominated.  Cup  corals,  as  Zaph- 
rentisy  StreptelasmOy  Omphyma,  Eridophyllunty  etc.,  are  also  shown. 

Crinoids  and  Crystoids  showed  a wonderful  development  both 
as  to  size  and  number  in  this  period.  Eucalyptocrinus,  Perie- 
chocrinuSy  SiphonocrinuSy  Callicrinus,  CaryocrinuSy  Holocystites, 
etc.,  are  some  of  the  prominent  genera  represented.  CladoporOy 


i8  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


Trcmatopora  and  Fenestella  illustrate  Bryozoans.  They  were 
not  abundant  in  this  period. 

As  examples  of  Brachiopods  may  be  noted,  besides  the  con- 
cavo-convex Stropheodonta  and  the  globose  forms  Meristina, 
Pentamerus,  Atrypa,  Whitfieldella,  etc.,  of  the  preceding  period, 
the  winged  form  Spirifer.  This  is  abundant. 

Mytilarca  and  Megalomus  among  Pelecypods  and  Platy- 
ceras,  Platyostoma,  Tremanotus,  Stropho  stylus,  etc.,  among 
Gastropods  are  typical  molluscs  of  the  period. 

Many  specimens  are  shown  illustrating  the  size  and  form  of 
Silurian  Cephalopods.  The  several  sections  show  that  the 
shell  was  divided  by  cross  partitions  into  chambers.  The  ani- 
mal occupied  only  the  end  chamber,  but  a long  tube  or  siphuncle 
connected  the  others  to  its  body.  The  straight  forms,  such  as 
Orthoceras,  predominate  but  the  curved  Cyrtoceras  and  Onco- 
ceras,  the  open  coiled  Gyroceras  and  the  closely  coiled  Nautilus 
and  Trochoceras  occur  and  specimens  are  shown.  Phragmoceras 
and  Gomphoceras,  having  a constricted  aperture,  constitute  a new 
type  of  Cephalopod. 

Silurian  Trilobites  are  fewer  in  number  and  somewhat  small- 
er than  those  of  the  former  period  but  show  a marked  tendency 
to  ornamentation.  Many  of  the  old  genera  continue  and  to 
them  are  added  Phacops,  Encrinurus,  Proetus,  etc.,  which  are 
represented  by  specimens.  The  Eurypterids  form  a group  of 
crustaceans  which  first  appear  in  this  period.  They  resemble 
the  scorpions  in  form.  They  are  the  ancestors  of  the  modern 
Horse-shoe  crab.  Eurypterus,  Pterygotus,  etc.,  belong  to  this 
group.  They  are  represented  in  the  collection  by  an  especially 
fine  series  of  specimens. 

Devonian  Period  or  Age  of  Fishes. — The  fishes  which  by  their 
size  and  abundance  characterized  this  age,  belonged  to  two 
orders  — Ganoids,  represented  at  the  present  day  by  the  gar- 
fish and  sturgeon,  and  Placoids,  the  order  which  includes  sharks, 
skates  and  rays.  They  differed  in  many  respects  from  the 
fishes  of  the  present  day,  however.  Part  of  the  Ganoids  were 
covered  with  bony  scales,  had  teeth  of  reptilian  character,  and 
jointed,  paired  fins.  Others,  the  Placoderms,  were  protected 
by  bony  plates  covering  the  head  and  fore  part  of  the  body. 
The  Placoids  had  cartilaginous  skeletons,  no  scales,  no  gill 
covers,  and  many  of  their  characters  were  embryonic.  In  most 
cases  only  teeth  and  spines  are  found  fossil.  Mesacanthus  and 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY 


19 


Ptyctodus  are  Placoids.  Paleospondylus  is  considered  an  ancient 
lampry.  Holoptychius  and  Palceoniscus  give  a good  idea  of 
the  general  form  of  the  scaled  Ganoids  and  Macropetalichthys, 
Pterichthys,  Coccosteus  are  representative  Placoderms. 

Aside  from  its  fishes  the  Devonian  period  is  noted  for  the 
appearance  of  the  land  plants,  such  as  N europteris  and  Alethop- 
teris  (Ferns),  Asterophyllites  (Horsetails),  Adiantites,  etc. 

Dictyophyton  is  a reticulate  Sponge.  Both  the  Honeycomb 
corals,  such  as  Favosites,  Michelinia,  Alveolites,  etc.,  and  the 
Cup  corals  Heliophyllum,  Cyathophyllum,  Acervularia,  Cysti- 
phyllum,  Zaphrentis,  Campophyllum,  etc.,  were  very  abundant 
both  as  to  number  of  species  and  individuals.  An  especially 
large  number  of  species  of  Favosites,  Heliophyllum  and  Zaph- 
rentis is  shown. 

Crinoids  were  comparatively  rare  in  Devonian  times.  Cupres- 
socrinus,  M egistocrinus  and  Hypsocrinus  represent  the  class  in  the 
collections.  Reemer aster , Aspidostoma,  Ophiura,  etc.,  are  Star- 
fishes. Brachiopods  reached  their  greatest  development  in  this 
period  and  all  the  typical  forms  are  represented:  perhaps  the 
most  noticeable  of  these  is  the  winged  Spirifer  of  which  many 
species  are  shown. 

Pelecypods  and  Gastropods  are  abundant  but  exhibit  no 
decided  changes  from  the  preceding  period. 

Cephalopods  are  represented  by  Orthoceras,  Gomphoceras , 
Gyroceras,  etc.,  as  before,  but  to  these  is  added  the  Goniatites, 
which  is  a closely  coiled  form  having  the  juncture  of  the  septa 
and  shell  forming  a zigzag  instead  of  a straight  suture. 

Carboniferous  Period  or  Age  of  Coal  Plants. — Land  plants  are 
the  striking  features  of  this  period.  They  are  allied  to  the  four 
modem  groups  of  Ferns,  Lycopods,  Conifers  and  Horsetails. 

The  Ferns  surpassed  all  others  in  number.  Pecopteris,  N eur- 
opteris, Alethopteris,  etc.,  are  shown  both  as  single  leaflets  and 
fronds.  Many  of  these  have  been  preserved  in  the  center  of  clay 
concretions  and  are  shown  in  a number  which  have  been  broken 
open. 

Lepidodendron  and  Sigillaria  are  shown  by  sections  of  trunks 
and  by  impressions  of  the  bark.  The  size  of  some  of  the  stumps 
of  Sigillaria  shown  indicates  that  the  original  tree  must  have 
attained  a height  of,  perhaps,  80  or  100  feet.  Stigmaria  probably 
represents  the  under  water  stems  of  Sigillaria  or  Lepidodendron. 
These  were  similar,  except  in  size,  to  the  modern  Lycopods,  or 
club-mosses. 


20  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


Cordaitcs  appears  to  be  allied  to  both  the  Conifers  and  the 
Cycads.  It  had  a straight  trunk  6o  or  70  feet  in  height  and  long 
narrow  eaves.  Trigonocarpmn  Sind  Car diocarpurm.vQ 
to  be  the  fruit  of  this  tree. 

Catamites,  Annularia,  etc.,  are  allied  to  the  Kquisetum  or 
modern  Horsetails.  Stems  of  the  former  and  leaf  whorls  of  the 
latter  are  shown. 

The  animal  life  of  the  period  is  characterized  by  the  abund- 
ance of  Crinoids  or  sea-lilies.  These  reached  their  greatest  de- 
velopment at  this  time.  Such  genera  as  Platycrinus,  Batocrinus , 
Actinocrinus , Agaricocrinus,  etc. , are  represented  by  many  species. 
Those  specimens  having  the  arms  and  stems  attached  are  of  par- 
ticular interest. 

Pentremites,  Cryptoblastus,  Schizohlatsus,  Granotocrinus,  etc., 
are  typical  Blastoids,  or  bud-like  animals,  and  are  near  rela- 
tives of  the  Crinoids. 

Large  slabs  of  Melonites,  an  ancient  Sea-urchin,  are  shown. 
These  echinoderms  differed  from  the  modern  forms  in  the  greater 
number  and  smaller  size  of  the  plates. 

Corals  are  on  the  decline,  but  such  genera  as  Zaphrentis, 
Lophophyllum,  Cyathophyllum  and  Lithostrotion  occur  and  are 
shown. 

The  corkscrew-like  Bryozoan  Archimedes  is  illustrated  by  a 
number  of  species. 

Such  Gastropods  as  Straparollus,  Euompholus,  Belter ophon, 
Pleurotomaria,  Naticopsis,  etc.,  are  still  abundant. 

The  plain-sutured  Nautilus  and  the  zigzag-sutured  Gonia- 
tites  are  the  principal  Cephalopods. 

The  Trilobites  have  disappeared  and  in  their  place  is  shown 
Euprops  which  somewhat  resembles  the  Horseshoe  crab. 

The  size  of  Carboniferous  fish  is  indicated  by  the  teeth  of 
Rhizodus,  the  scales  of  Megalichthys,  and  the  spines  of  Ctena- 
canthus. 

Permian,  or  Closing  Period  of  the  Paleozoic  Era. — Fishes  are 
represented  by  Paleoniscus,  joatrachians  by  Archegosaurus,  an 
animal  which  combined  the  characters  of  Batrachian  and  fish. 
It  had  both  lungs  and  gills,  and  was  covered  with  scales.  Plants 
are  represented  by  leaves  of  Walchia,  a Ly copod,  and  Alethopteris 
one  of  the  Ferns. 

The  invertebrate  fossils  of  the  period  shown  are  mostly 
Brachiopods  and  Pelecypods.  They  do  not  differ  in  any  marked 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY  21 


degree  from  those  of  Carboniferous  times,  as  may  be  seen  by 
comparing  the  specimens  of  the  two  periods. 

A portion  of  a trunk  of  a tree  of  the  Carboniferous  period  is 
shown  in  a floor  case.  This  trunk  is  about  two  feet  in  diameter 
and  the  portion  shown  is  six  feet  in  height.  On  the  wall  an  oil 
painting  represents  a forest  of  the  Carboniferous  age,  with  Ferns, 
Clubmosses,  Equisetae,  etc.,  grown  to  the  height  of  forest  trees 
of  the  present  day. 

Triassic  Period. — This  period  is  the  first  of  the  Mesozoic  era 
or  Age  of  Reptiles.  The  land  plants  of  the  period  are  illustrated 
by  series  of  impressions  of  the  leaves  of  Pterophyllum,  a Cycad, 
and  stems  of  EquisetufH,  a form  allied  to  the  modern  Horsetails. 

Sponges  are  represented  by  Stellispongia  and  Corynella. 
Crinoids  by  Encrinus,  and  Sea-urchins  by  detached  spines  of 
Cidaris. 

Mollucscs  of  this  period  assume  a decidedly  modern  appear- 
ance. This  is  illustrated  by  Lima,  Pleuromya,  Nucula,  Myo- 
phoria  and  Modiola  of  the  Pelecypods  and  Monodonta,  Holo- 
pella,  and  Murchisonia  of  the  Gastropods.  Two  new  types  of 
Cephalopods  are  shown.  Ceratites  has  serrated  suture  lines 
and  Arcestes  and  Rhacophyllites  are  true  Ammonites  having  the 
complex  lobed  sutures. 

Pemphix  is  a crustacean  of  the  type  of  the  modern  lobster. 

Triassic  fish  are  illustrated  by  the  teeth  of  Ceratodus  and 
nearly  complete  specimens  of  Ischypterus  and  Samionotus. 

The  huge  frog-like  head  of  Labyrinthodont  shown  by  a cast 
is  that  of  an  Amphibian,  and  the  Reptiles  of  the  period  are  rep- 
resented by  a cast  of  a head  of  Belodon,  an  ancient  crocodile. 

Hall  35. 

This  hall  contains  two  somewhat  distinct  series,  one  intro- 
ductory to  the  study  of  fossils  in  general,  the  other,  fossils  of  the 
Mesozoic  era. 

Entering  the  hall  from  the  West  Court,  the  three  wall  cases 
on  the  right  are  devoted  to  the  introductory  series.  The  first 
two  of  these  show  a comparison  of  ancient  and  modern  forms. 
Beginning  with  the  lower  orders  of  life,  there  are  shown,  for  ex- 
ample, sponges  which  have  lived  at  different  periods  of  the 
earth’s  history,  and  a modern  sponge  for  comparison;  while  in 
succession  Corals,  Crinoids,  Brachiopods,  Articulates,  and  Verte- 
brates are  similarly  illustrated. 


22  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


In  the  third  case  of  the  scries,  methods  of  fossilization  are 
illustrated.  Tlie  methods  shown  include  preservation  of  hard 
parts,  as  shells  and  bones,  internal  moulds,  external  moulds, 
impressions  and  illustrations  of  incrustation,  carbonization, 
silicitication,  phosphatization,  etc. 

The  fossils  of  the  Mesozoic  era  represented  in  this  hall  are 
chiefly  the  Dinosaurs  of  the  Jurassic  period.  The  Jurassic  dino- 
saurs were  great  shore  reptiles;  they  were  the  largest  land  ani- 
mals that  have  ever  been  discovered.  Among  animals  they  are 
exceeded  in  bulk  only  by  the  great  right-whales  of  modern  times. 
The  specimens  exhibited  were  collected  by  special  expeditions 
sent  by  the  Museum  for  this  purpose  to  Wyoming  and  Colorado. 

The  central  exhibit  is  a partial  skeleton  of  one  of  the  largest 
dinosaurs  known.  Apatosaurus.  Only  a little  more  than  half  of 
the  skeleton  is  here  represented.  The  head,  neck,  shoulder  gir- 
dle, fore  legs  and  the  extremity  of  the  tail  are  wanting  entirely. 
The  right  hind  leg  below  the  knee  is  copied  in  plaster  from  other 
similar  specimens.  The  left  is  modeled  entirely  from  the  right. 

The  portion  of  the  skeleton  exhibited  was  found  with  all  of 
its  parts  connected  and  has  been  carefully  mounted  in  its  natural 
position.  Therefore,  the  body  of  the  animal,  the  pelvis,  the 
hind  legs  and  the  greater  part  of  the  tail  are  accurately  repre- 
sented in  their  natural  relations. 

The  portion  of  the  skeleton  shown  is  thirty  feet  long  and 
stands  fifteen  feet  above  the  base.  In  life  the  neck  was  equal  in 
length  to  the  portion  of  the  tail  here  exhibited.  The  tail  was  at 
least  one  half  longer.  From  this  it  may  be  seen  that  the  entire 
length  of  the  animal  would  have  been  about  sixty  feet,  or  eight 
feet  longer  than  the  hall  in  which  it  is  exhibited. 

The  various  series  of  vertebrae,  scapulae,  pelves,  sacra,  leg 
bones,  and  feet  exhibited  in  the  adjoining  wall  cases  represent  a 
number  of  other  types  of  Dinosaurs,  most  of  which  are  smaller 
than  the  central  figure.  Among  these  are  represented  the  fol- 
lowing genera:  Morosaurus,  Camarasaurus,  Brachiosaurus,  and 
Creosaurus. 

At  the  end  of  the  hall  may  be  seen  a complete  fore  leg  and 
shoulder-blade  of  the  medium-sized  dinosaur,  Alorosaurus.  Two 
large  leg  bones  of  Brachiosaurus  shown  are  the  largest  known  to 
science.  They  measure  six  feet  eight  inches  in  length,  and  the 
thigh-bone  weighs  seven  hundred  pounds.  The  unusual 
length  of  the  humerus  in  comparison  with  the  femur  shows  that 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY 


23 


the  animal  to  which  they  belonged  must  have  stood  higher  at  the 
shoulders  than  at  the  hips. 

Halls  36,  59,  60,  and  61. 

These  halls  are  devoted  to  fossils  of  the  remaining  geological 
periods,  from  the  Jurassic  onward.  Owing  to  the  size  of  many 
of  the  specimens  it  has  not  been  possible  to  place  them  in  exact 
geological  order,  but  groups  are  shown  together  as  far  as  possi- 
ble. 

Jurassic  Period. — Goniospongia,  Cnemidiastrum,  Retispongia, 
Craticularia,  Hyalotragos  and  Pyrgochonia  illustrate  the  various 
forms  of  Jurassic  sponges.  Rhizostomites  shows  the  form  of  the 
gastral  cavity  of  a jelly-fish. 

Two  types  of  Crinoids  are  shown.  The  first,  illustrated  by 
Pentacrinus,  had  a comparatively  small  body  attached  by  a 
a long  stem  and  a large  number  of  long,  many-branching  arms. 
The  other  type,  illustrated  by  Antedon,  was  a stemless,  free- 
swimming  form  with  only  a few  short  arms. 

Ophiura  and  Asterias  are  typical  starfishes. 

Jurassic  Sea-urchins  are  of  two  types  and  a representative 
series  of  each  is  shown.  Cidaris,  Hemicidaris,  Acrocidaris,  Dia- 
dema,  and  Stomechinus  belong  to  the  type  having  the  shell  di- 
vided into  five  equal  rays.  Echinobrissus,  Pygaster,  Hyhocly- 
peus,  and  Clypeus  represent  the  other  type,  in  which  the  sym- 
metry^ is  bilateral  instead  of  radial. 

Many  species  of  Brachiopods  are  shown  but  the  majority  of 
them  belong  to  the  genera  Terebratula  and  Rhynchonella. 

Molluscs  were  the  most  characteristic  group  of  invertebrate 
animals  in  Jurassic  time  and  both  the  Pelecypods  and  Gastro- 
pods bore  marked  resemblance  to  modem  forms.  Among  Pele- 
cypods are  shown  Oysters  such  as  Ostrea  and  Gryphcea]  Scol- 
lops such  as  Pecten,  Li^na,  and  Avicula;  and  Mussels  and  Clams 
such  as  Modiola,  Pinna,  Pleuromya,  Pholedomya,  Trigonia  and 
Cardina.  Diceras  is  a shell  in  which  the  beaks  of  each  valve  are 
long  and  coiled  like  a horn.  Nerinea,  Natica,  Pleurotomaria, 
Cerithium,  Turbo,  and  Trochus  represent  the  Gastropods  of  this 
period. 

Three  distinct  types  of  Cephalopods  are  shown.  The  first 
is  illustrated  by  Nautilus,  with  a series  showing  variations  in  size 
and  ornamentation.  Polished  sections  show  the  internal  char- 
acters of  the  shell. 


24  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


The  second  type,  the  Ammonites,  is  the  largest  and  most 
characteristic  group  of  Jurassic  invertebrate  fossils.  They  are 
distinguished  by  their  complex  suture  lines.  A large  and  repre- 
sentative collection  of  this  group  is  shown,  comprising  all  the 
typical  genera,  and  illustrating  the  variations  in  size  from  Har- 
poceras,  less  than  half  an  inch  in  diameter,  to  Olcostephanus, 
attaining  a diameter  of  three  feet.  Many  of  these  specimens 
have  the  sutures  colored  to  bring  out  their  outlines.  Polished 
sections  show  the  interior  of  the  shells. 

The  third  type  is  that  of  the  squids.  These  had  no  external 
shell  but  an  internal  bone  or  guard.  A model  shows  the  form  of 
the  animal  and  the  location  of  the  guard.  Usually,  all  that  is 
found  fossil  in  Belemnites  is  the  guard,  of  which  quite  a number 
are  shown,  but  in  several  of  the  specimens  the  ink  sac  and  hooks 
which  are  attached  to  the  arms  can  be  seen.  Some  of  the  speci- 
mens from  the  Lithographic  limestone  of  Solenhofen,  such  as 
T Tachytcuthis , Gcotcuthis  and  Plesioteuthis,  show  the  impres- 
sion of  the  body,  others  only  the  skeleton. 

A good  series  of  Crustaceans  of  the  type  of  the  lobster  and 
Horseshoe  crab  is  shown.  Among  the  Insects  shown  may  be 
mentioned  jEschna  and  Petalia,  Dragonflies;  Belostomum,  an 
ant;  Nepa,  a water  bug. 

Fishes  of  the  Jurassic  are  represented  (Hall  36)  by  a large 
number  of  specimens  from  England,  Bavaria,  and  Wurtemburg. 
These  are  chiefly  of  two  types.  The  Ganoids,  which  were  the 
predominant  type,  may  be  recognized  by  their  heavy,  angular 
scales.  The  following  genera  are  well  represented:  Caturus, 
Aspidorhynchus,  T hr  is  sops,  Leptolepis  and  Dapedius.  The 
Selachians  or  sharks,  having  neither  bony  skeleton  nor  scales, 
are  represented  by  the  teeth  and  fin-rays  only.  Some  genera 
of  this  type  shown  are  Acrodus,  Hybodus,  and  Chondrosteus. 

Icthyosaurs,  from  the  Jurassic  of  England  and  Germany  are 
represented  (Hall  36)  by  an  unusually  fine  series  of  skulls  and 
skeletons.  The  Icthyosaurs,  or  fish-lizards  were  a type  of  marine 
reptile  having  a fish-like  body  and  tail,  a short  neck,  a long, 
pointed  snout,  enormous  eyes  and  paddles  somewhat  like  those 
of  a seal.  They  attained  a length  of  twenty-five  to  thirty  feet. 

A model  exhibited  on  the  floors  shows  something  of  their  out- 
ward appearance. 

A second  form  of  marine  reptile  common  to  this  period  is  that 
of  Plesiosaurs.  These  were  more  slender  and  graceful  animals 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY 


25 


than  the  Icthyosaur.  Some  forms  had  a very  long  neck.  The 
body  was  short  and  armed  with  stout,  paddle-like  legs  which 
were  used  in  swimming.  In  the  long-necked  Plesiosaurs  the 
head  was  broad  and  snake-like;  in  the  short-necked  types  it 
ended  in  a slender  snout  similar  to  that  of  the  Icthyosaurs.  A 
model  of  one  of  the  long-necked  types  exhibited  on  the  floor 
of  Hall  36  will  give  some  idea  of  the  general  proportions  of  the 
animal. 

Pterodactyls,  common  to  Europe  and  known  also  from  the 
American  Jurassic  formations  are  represented  by  incomplete 
specimens.  More  will  be  seen  of  them  in  the  next  period. 

Cretaceous  Period. — Vertebrate  fossils  of  the  Cretaceous 
period  are  represented  by  specimens  of  Dinosaurs,  Plesiosaurs, 
Pterodactyls  and  Fishes.  They  are  of  different  types  from 
those  of  the  Jurassic.  In  addition  there  appeared  a new  type 
of  marine  reptiles  — the  Mosasaurs. 

Cretaceous  Dinosaurs  are  illustrated  by  a fine  skull  with  a 
partial  skeleton  of  Triceratops  and  a restoration  of  the  skeleton 
of  Hadrosaurus  (Hall  36).  Triceratops  was  a unique  armored 
land  reptile  of  gigantic  proportions.  It  is  very  different  in 
structure  from  the  Jurassic  Dinosaurs  though  commonly  included 
in  that  order.  The  head  was  very  large  in  proportion  to  the 
size  of  the  body.  It  was  armed  with  three  horns  as  indicated 
by  the  bony  horn  cores  on  the  skull.  There  was  also  a wide 
bony  frill,  covered  in  life  by  a dermal  shield,  which  projected 
backward  from  the  skull  and  served  to  protect  the  neck  and 
shoulders  of  the  animal  from  the  attacks  of  its  homed  enemies. 

The  specimen  shown  is  one  of  the  largest  of  its  kind.  It  was 
collected  in  eastern  Montana  by  a special  Museum  expedition  in 
1904.  Parts  of  the  skeleton  of  the  same  individual  will  be  found 
in  a wall  case  in  the  next  hall. 

illustrated  by  a restoration,  is  a large  biped  rep- 
tile found  in  the  Cretaceous  deposits  of  New  Jersey.  The  ani- 
mal walked  entirely  upon  its  hind  legs,  only  using  the  smaller 
forward  pair  when  resting  or  feeding. 

Mosasaurs  were  a new  type  of  marine  reptile  which  appeared 
with  the  Cretaceous  period.  They  were  short-necked,  round- 
bodied, long-tailed  animals,  with  pointed  snouts.  The  legs  were 
paddle-like  and  adapted  to  swimming.  The  tail  probably  ter- 
minated in  a narrow  fin  which  was  also  used  as  an  organ  of 
propulsion.  The  skeletons  of  these  animals  are  found  in  large 


26  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


numbers  in  the  chalk  beds  of  western  Kansas;  also  in  Eng- 
land and  Belgium.  They  are  represented  in  the  collection 
chiefly  by  a complete  skeleton  of  Platycarpus  from  Kansas 
(Hall  59.) 

Plesiosaurs  were  a second  type  of  marine  reptile  which,  as 
has  been  mentioned,  appeared  in  the  Jurassic  period  and  con- 
tinued to  the  close  of  the  Cretaceous.  The  specimen  of  Elas- 
mosaurus  is  of  interest  in  showing  the  shoulder  and  pelvic  girdles 
in  connection  with  a complete  paddle.  (Hall  59.) 

Pterodactyls,  or  flying  reptiles,  represent  one  of  the  strangest 
forms  assumed  by  reptilian  life  toward  the  close  of  the  Mesozoic 
era.  They  were  very  slight  and  active  creatures,  somewhat  bat- 
like in  general  appearance,  but  withal  distinctly  reptilian.  The 
head  was  armed  with  a stout,  bird-like  beak,  the  bones  were 
hollow,  the  wing-bones  were  long  and  supported  a membrane 
which  connected  with  the  legs,  thus  forming  the  organ  of  flight. 
In  powers  of  flight  they  doubtless  equaled  any  of  the  existing 
birds.  The  group  is  represented  by  a splendid  skeleton  of  Nyc- 
tosaurus  from  the  chalk  beds  of  Kansas.  This  is  the  most  com- 
plete specimen  known.  Other  related  forms  have  been  found 
in  various  parts  of  Europe.  (Hall  59.) 

Turtles  of  this  period  are  represented  by  the  shell  of  a large 
fresh  water  form,  Basilemys.  This  was  found  in  the  latest  Cre- 
taceous beds  of  Montana. 

Fishes.  In  this  period  true  bony  fishes  of  modern  types 
made  their  first  appearance.  A number  of  these  from  Lebanon, 
Syria,  as  well  as  some  American  forms  are  exhibited. 

Other  fossils  of  the  Cretaceous  period  shown  include  remains 
of  plants  and  invertebrates  as  follows: 

The  first  of  modern  plants,  or  Angiosperms.  Imprints  of 
eaves  are  shown,  many  being  of  modern  genera,  such  as  Sas- 
safras, Populites  or  poplar,  Betulites,  or  birch.  Viburnum,  Ilex, 
or  holly,  Magnolia,  etc. 

The  localities  represented  are  chiefly  Kansas  and  Colorado. 

Models  much  enlarged  from  the  original,  illustrate  the  forms 
of  Foraminifera,  whose  shells  make  up  the  vast  deposits  of  chalk 
which  characterize  this  period. 

Sponges  are  shown  in  many  forms.  Some  of  these  served  as 
nuclei  for  the  formation  of  flint  nodules.  Several  large  nodules 
of  this  kind  are  shown  from  Ireland. 

Echinoids  are  illustrated  by  Ananchytes,  Holaster,  Toxaster, 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY  27 


etc.  These  are  free-moving  forms  in  contrast  to  the  stemmed 
crinoids  so  abundant  in  earlier  times. 

Pelecypods  and  Gastropods  are  illustrated  by  many  speci- 
mens, mostly  of  modern  types,  such  as  Ostrea,  Exogyra,  and 
Gryphosa,  which  were  Oysters  of  many  and  curious  shapes. 
Pectens,  Vola,  etc.,  were  Scallops. 

, Among  bivalve  molluscs  the  family  of  Rudistae  is  unique, 
and  characteristic  of  this  period.  In  shells  of  this  family  one 
valve  is  enormously  enlarged,  and  somewhat  funnel-shaped; 
the  other  valve  is  small  and  acts  as  a lid.  Hippurites,  Spheru- 
lites  and  Radiolites  belong  to  this  family.  Inoceramus  sometimes 
reached  enormous  size. 

Among  Cephalopods  are  shown  specimens  of  Nautilus  of 
modern  types;  also  members  of  the  Ammonite  family,  which 
took  on  various  and  intricate  forms.  The  series  of  P lac entic eras, 
an  ammonite  with  coiled  shells  often  two  feet  in  diameter,  is  es- 
pecially worthy  of  note.  The  specimens  are  chiefly  from  the 
Bad  Lands  of  South  Dakota.  Many  varieties  of  shape  are 
found  among  the  Ammonites,  from  straight  shells  to  hook-shaped, 
partly  uncoiled,  spirals,  etc.  The  genera  are  often  named  from 
their  characteristic  forms,  some  of  them  being  as  follows: 
BacuUtes,  rod-shaped;  Hamites,  hook-shaped;  Helicoceras,  an 
open  spiral;  Scaphites,  boat-shaped;  Turrilites,  tower-shaped. 

Cenozoic  Era;  Age  of  Mammals. — With  the  close  of  the 
Mesozoic  era  the  many  and  varied  forms  of  reptilian  life  dis- 
appeared. The  mammals  which  had  existed  as  an  unimportant 
form  during  nearly  the  whole  of  Mesozoic  time  now  became  the 
predominant  type.  Fossils  from  this  era  are  exhibited  in  the 
west  half  of  Hall  59,  and  Halls  60  and  61. 

Tertiary  Period.  Tertiary  plants  and  invertebrate  fossils 
shown  include  Flahellaria,  leaves  of  a palm  which  grew  in  the 
Eocene  epoch  near  Green  River,  Wyoming.  Also,  leaves  of 
Acer,  or  maple,  and  other  trees  of  modern  genera. 

Such  remains,  with  others  that  are  found,  indicate  that  a 
subtropical  climate,  like  that  of  Florida,  prevailed  at  this  period 
over  the  northern  United  States.  Even  so  far  north  as  Green- 
land, the  climate  was  so  mild  that  cypress  and  cedar  trees  grew 
in  profusion. 

Nummulites. — These  are  abundant  and  characteristic  fossils 
of  this  period.  They  are  shells  of  a Rhizopod,  which  in  Europe 
and  Africa  formed  limestones  many  thousand  feet  in  thickness. 


28  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


A representative  series  of  Mollusc  shells  is  shown.  In  both 
the  univalves  and  bivalves  a close  resemblance  to  modern  shells 
will  be  noticed.  Most  of  the  genera  are  identical  with  living 
forms.  Such  are  Venus,  Cardita,  Area,  Tellina,  Meratrix,  etc., 
of  Pelecypods,  and  Turritella,  Cerithium,  Strombus,  Fusus, 

Murex,  etc.,  of  Gastropods. 

Vertebrate  fossils  from  the  Eocene,  or  first  stage  of  the  Ter 
tiary  period,  are  represented  by  a series  of  fishes  from  the  Green 
river  shales  and  a cast  of  the  large  horned  mammal,  Dinoceras 
mirabile. 

The  fishes  from  the  Green  river  shales  include  a great  num- 
ber and  variety  of  bony  fishes,  or  Teleosts,  of  modern  types. 
Such  familiar  forms  as  the  perch,  the  herring,  and  the  ray  are 
included.  (Hall  59.) 

Dinoceras  was  a five-toed  animal  similar  in  size  and  in  gen- 
eral proportions  to  the  modern  rhinoceros.  It  was  character- 
ized by  the  presence  of  three  pairs  of  horns  on  the  head,  a strong 
tusk-like  upper  canine  tooth,  and  an  elephant-like  foot.  It  differs 
from  existing  animals  in  the  number  and  arrangement  of  the  horns, 
the  V-shaped  molar  teeth,  and  the  elephant -like  foot.  (Hall  61 .) 

Mammals  of  the  Oligocene  stage,  or  second  subdivision  of  the 
Tertiary  period,  are  represented  by  a great  number  and  variety  of 
forms,  most  of  them  having  been  collected  by  special  expeditions 
sent  out  by  the  Museum.  (Hall  59.)  These  arc  mostly  modern 
types  of  mammals.  Among  those  represented  are  the  primitive 
cats,  dogs,  squirrels,  rabbits,  camels,  tapirs,  horses  and  rhi- 
noceroses. There  are  also  shown  a number  of  the  older  types  of 
mammals  which  had  their  origin  in  the  first  Tertiary  stage  and 
have  no  modern  representatives.  Among  these  are  the  Hyoe- 
nodon,  Oreodon,  Elotherium,  Anthracotherium,  Titanotherium, 
Hyracodon,  and  Metamynodon.  The  collection  includes  a 
mounted  skeleton  of  the  sabre-tooth  cat,  Dinictis,  a representa- 
tive series  of  skulls  of  the  primitive  dogs,  Cynodictis  and  Daph- 
cenus,  of  the  three-toed  horse,  Mesohippus,  the  cursorial  rhi- 
noceros, Hyracodon,  the  more  typical  rhinoceros,  Aceratherium, 
the  large  suilline,  Elotherium  and  the  great  horned  ungulate, 
T itanotherium. 

Mammals  from  the  Miocene,  or  third  stage  of  the  Tertiary 
period  are  represented  by  collections  from  two  localities,  the 
Deep  River  beds  of  Montana,  and  the  Loup  Fork  beds  of  Ne- 
braska and  Wyoming.  They  include  the  following  forms: 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY 


29 


A skull  of  the  primitive  bear  Amphicyon,  skulls  and  skeletons 
of  smaller  carnivores,  and  skulls,  feet  and  legs  of  three-toed 
horses  considerably  larger  than  appear  in  the  preceding  epoch. 
Also  a mounted  skeleton  and  series  of  skulls  of  Promerycochcerus, 
a successor  to  Ovcodofi  of  the  last  epoch;  skulls  of  M etycochcBrus , 
Merychyus  and  other  members  of  the  Oreodont  family,  and 
skulls  of  Oxydactylus  and  Procamelus,  members  of  the  camel 
family. 

Another  fossil  from  beds  of  this  age  shown  is  Dcemonelix,  or 
Devil’s  Corkscrew,  a curious  spiral  form  found  in  great  abundance 
in  the  sandstone  strata  of  western  Nebraska.  Its  exact  nature 
is  problematical.  Some  think  that  it  represents  the  remains  of 
aquatic  plants.  According  to  another  theory  natural  casts  of 
ancient  gopher  burrows  form  the  fossil.  The  series  shown  is 
thoroughly  representative,  and  includes  specimens  of  supposed 
stages  of  development  of  the  form.  (Alcove,  Hall  60.) 

Other  Tertiary  forms  represented  include: 

Restoration  of  Colossochelys  atlas,  a huge  turtle  which  lived 
in  India  during  the  Tertiary  period.  (Hall  60.) 

A restoration  showing  the  jaws  of  Car  char  odon,  and  within 
these,  for  comparison,  the  jaws  of  a modem  shark.  The  Car- 
char  odon  was  probably  50  to  70  feet  in  length.  (Hall  60.) 

A restoration  of  the  skull  of  Elephas  ganesa,  one  of  seven 
species  of  elephants  existing  during  the  Miocene  epoch  in  India. 
This  species  is  remarkable  for  the  length  of  its  tusks,  in  this 
specimen  ten  feet  long.  (Hall  59.) 

Quaternary  Period. — Vertebrate  fossils  of  the  Quaternary 
period  are  represented  in  the  collection  by  remains  of  the  masto- 
don, mammoth,  bison,  rhinoceros,  Irish  deer,  New  Zealand  birds, 
cave  bear,  and  cave  man,  as  well  as  by  a large  series  of  casts  and 
restorations.  The  largest  of  these  is  the  skeleton  of  the  masto- 
don from  southern  Michigan.  This  was  one  of  the  earliest  ele- 
phant-like mammals,  differing  from  the  elephant  in  having  a 
more  elongated  body,  shorter  and  stronger  limbs,  flatter  cran- 
ium and  less  complex  molars.  The  grinding  surfaces  of  the 
molars  were  more  or  less  tubercular,  in  contrast  to  the  ridges 
which  characterize  the  teeth  of  the  elephant.  Hence  comes  the 
name,  mastodon,  nipple  tooth.  The  animal  probably  had  no 
hairy  covering  to  enable  it  to  endure  a rigorous  climate  as  did  the 
mammoth.  It  inhabited  chiefly  the  temperate  regions  of  the  Unit- 
ed States,  where  its  remains  are  found  in  abundance.  (Hall  59.) 


30  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


The  skeleton  of  the  Irish  deer  from  Limerick.  Ireland,  is  that 
of  a large  Post-Pliocene  deer,  the  bones  of  which  are  occasion- 
allv  found  in  marl  beneath  peat  beds  in  Ireland  and  England. 
The  antlers  of  this  animal  have  a spread  of  seven  feet,  and  its 
height  was  nearly  eight  feet.  (Hall  6o.)  The  skull  of  Diproto- 
do  n,  shown  by  a cast,  represents  an  extinct  member  of  the  kan- 
garoo family  from  Australia.  It  differs  radically  in  propor- 
tions from  the  modern  kangaroo,  in  that  the  fore  legs  were  longer 
than  the  hind  ones.  The  body  was  equal  in  bulk  to  that  of  the 
rhinoceros.  (Hall  6i.)  The  skull  of  Toxodon,  shown  by  a 
cast  is  that  of  a short  legged  and  cumbrous  quadruped  of  im- 
mense size  which  lived  in  large  numbers  in  Patagonia  and  the 
pampas  of  the  La  Plata.  In  habits  it  approached  most  nearly 
the  modern  hippopotamus.  In  structure  it  combined  with  the 
general  proportions  of  the  hoofed  animals  the  large  incisor-teeth 
common  to  gnawing  animals  and  a structure  of  foot  similar  to 
that  of  the  elephant  family.  Its  nearest  modern  relative  is  the 
small  tree-hyrax,  found  in  Africa.  J\I egalonyx  was  one  of  the 
great  ground  sloths  similar  to  Megathcriiim.  It  is  illustrated  by 
the  cast  of  a skull.  The  original  of  this  specimen  was  found  in 
Kentucky. 

Siviathcrium  skull  and  fore  legs  are  illustrated  by  casts. 
I his  was  a gigantic,  four-horned  antelope  as  large  as  an  ox  and 
much  taller.  It  is  found  in  the  Siwalik  Hills  of  India.  Zcuglo- 
don,  shown  by  the  cast  of  a skull,  is  an  extinct  whale. 
Remains  of  the  huge  birds  of  New  Zealand  shown  belong  chiefly 
to  the  genus  Dinoniis.  A complete  skeleton  of  one  is  shown, 
also  leg  bones  of  several  species.  The  limbs  rivalled  in  size  and 
strength  those  of  a horse.  Casts  of  eggs  of  this  and  an  allied 
genus,  that  of  the  latter  having  a capacity  of  two  gallons,  are 
shown. 

The  following  fossil  vertebrates  more  or  less  contemporaneous 
with  man  are  shown  (Hall  6i):  Perfectly  preserved  lower  jaw 

with  teeth,  also  other  bones,  of  mastodon  from  Morocco,  In- 
diana; skulls  of  fossil  bison  and  musk  ox  from  Alaska;  limb 
bones  and  teeth  of  hippopotamus  and  bison  from  England,  show- 
ing  that  these  animals  lived  in  England  in  comparatively  recent 
times;  skull  of  or  cave  bear.  This  was  a bear  of 

great  size,  frequently  reaching  a length  of  nine  feet,  the  remains 
of  which  are  found  in  Europe  in  caves  with  human  bones.  It 
was  evidently  contemporaneous  with  early  man,  but  has  been 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY 


31 


extinct  since  historical  times.  Remains  of  Homo  sapiens,  or 
man,  found  in  a cave  on  the  isk  id  of  -Crete  — probably  very 
ancient.  Casts  of  the  Neanderthal  and  Engis  skulls,  the  former 
of  which  has  given  rise  to  much  discussion  because  of  its  flat- 
tened form.  This  has  been  held  by  some  to  prove  that  early 
man  was  a being  intermediate  between  man  and  the  ape.  The 
skull  has,  however,  about  the  average  human  brain  capacity. 

Hall  62. 

METEORITES, 

The  collection  of  meteorites  includes  representatives  of 
about  300  distinct  “falls”  or  “finds,”  the  specimens  of  which  have 
an  aggregate  weight  of  5130  pounds  (2327  kilograms).  These 
are  grouped  in  three  classes,  viz..  Stone  meteorites.  Iron-stone 
metoeorites,  and  Iron  meteorites.  Under  each  of  these  divi- 
sions the  specimens  are  placed  in  chronological  order,  and  labels 
show  the  locality,  date  of  fall  or  find,  and  weight  of  each  speci- 
men. The  specimens  are  in  large  part  not  the  individual  stones, 
but  fragments  of  them,  it  being  usual  when  a meteorite  falls  or 
is  found,  to  break  it  up  and  distribute  the  pieces  among  museums 
and  collectors  in  order  to  provide  material  for  study.  Other- 
wise meteorites  could  be  studied  only  by  going  from  one  museum 
or  collector  to  another. 

In  the  four  large  cases  occupying  the  floor  of  the  hall  are 
shown  four  meteorites  of  exceptional  size  and  importance.  These 
are,  to  the  left  entering  from  Hall  61,  the  meteorites  of  Long 
Island,  Kansas,  and  Brenham,  Kansas,  and,  to  the  right,  those 
of  Canyon  Diablo,  Arizona,  and  Toluca,  Mexico. 

The  meteorite  of  Long  Island,  Kansas,  is  the  largest  stone 
meteorite  known.  As  exhibited  it  is  in  several  hundred  pieces 
all  of  which  once  formed  a single  mass,  the  weight  of  which 
was  about  1300  lbs.  When  the  mass  fell  it  struck  a ledge  and 
thus  was  broken  into  the  pieces  shown.  The  characteristic  pit- 
tings  of  the  surface  of  meteorites  are  well  shown  on  this  speci- 
men. Of  the  Brenham,  Kansas,  meteorites,  two  large  and  two 
small  individuals  and  ten  sections  are  shown.  One  of  the 
large  individuals  weighs  465  and  the  other  345  lbs.  The  total 
weight  shown  is  about  1000  lbs.  The  sections  show  the  char- 
acteristic structure  of  meteorites  of  this  class,  viz.,  a sponge-like 
mass  of  iron,  the  pores  of  which  are  filled  by  the  yellow 


32  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


magnesium  silicate,  chrysolite.  The  distribution  of  this  silicate 
is  irregukir,  some  parts  of  the  masses  being  wholly  metal. 

Of  the  Canyon  Diablo  meteorite  nine  individuals  and  five 
sections  are  shown.  The  largest  of  the  individuals  weighs 
1013  lbs.,  and  is  one  of  the  largest  ever  obtained  from  the  lo- 
cality. The  next  smaller  individual  shown,  weighing  265  lbs. 
is  remarkable  for  the  perforation  about  one  inch  in  diameter 
passing  entirely  through  it.  Of  the  sections,  several  are  etched 
and  show  the  characteristic  figures  of  the  meteorite.  These 
figures  are  broad  and  irregular.  The  small  projecting  particles, 
about  the  size  of  a grain  of  wheat,  are  cohenite,  a carbide  of  iron 
little  attacked  by  the  acid  used  in  etching  and  hence  standing 
in  relief.  In  addition  are  seen  larger  nodules  of  oval  form  which 
are  sulphide  of  iron,  often  surrounded  by  graphite  or  cohenite. 

Of  the  Toluca  meteorites  sixteen  individuals  and  seven  sec- 
tions are  shown.  The  largest  individual  weighs  90  lbs.  An- 
other individual  shows  shaping  for  use  as  a hammer.  Such  use 
of  these  meteorites  was  frequent  in  early  times.  The  etched 
sections  show  the  typical  figures  of  this  meteorite,  with  laminae 
about  2 mm.  in  width  and  of  a regular  network  pattern. 

In  the  wall  cases  are  shown  the  smaller  specimens  of  the  col- 
lection, also  casts  of  meteorites.  The  casts  are  placed  in  the  bays, 
the  meteorites  on  the  shelves  above.  In  the  two  cases  first  in 
order  from  the  entrance  from  Hall  61,  beginning  at  the  left,  are 
shown  the  specimens  of  stone  meteorites  or  aerolites.  These 
specimens  are  in  part  individuals  and  in  part  fragments.  They 
are  arranged  in  chronological  order  passing  from  left  to  right. 
Specimens  of  about  one  hundred  and  fifty  falls  are  shown . These 
include  660  individuals  of  the  Forest  City,  Iowa,  fall,  about 
twenty  individuals  of  Pultusk,  Poland,  and  large  masses  from 
Farmington,  Kansas,  Saline,  Kansas,  Homestead,  Iowa,  Bluff, 
Texas,  Estacado,  Texas,  etc.  The  rare  carbonaceous  meteor- 
ites are  well  represented  by  specimens  from  Orgueil  and  Alais, 
France,  and  Mighei,  Russia. 

Following  the  stone  meteorites  are  shown  the  iron-stone 
meteorites,  of  which  about  twenty-five  distinct  falls  are  repre- 
sented. These  contain  more  iron  than  the  stone  meteorites  and 
thus  pass  toward  the  iron  meteorites.  The  iron  varies  in  quan- 
tity from  coarse  flakes  or  nodules  scattered  among  the  stony 
minerals  to  sponge-like  masses  in  which  the  stony  portions  are 
held.  Complete  individuals  of  the  Crab  Orchard,  Tennessee, 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY 


33 


and  Admire,  Kansas,  meteorites  are  shown,  while  other  falls  are 
represented  by  sections.  In  the  same  case  are  shown  specimens 
of  terrestrial  iron,  which  has  a composition  resembling  that  of 
meteoric  iron.  Santa  Catharina,  Brazil;  Ovifak,  Greenland; 
and  Awarua,  New  Zealand,  are  among  the  localities  thus  repre- 
sented. 

Following  the  iron-stone  meteorites  are  placed  the  iron  me- 
teorites, about  one  hundred  and  thirty  falls  of  which  are  repre- 
sented. The  specimens  are  chiefly  sections  and  most  of  these 
are  polished  and  etched  in  order  to  show  the  characteristic  fig- 
ures. Especially  well  represented  falls  are  those  of  Kenton 
county,  Kentucky,  Rodeo,  Mexico,  Indian  Valley,  Virginia,  and 
Colfax,  North  Carolina. 

The  casts  in  the  bays  of  the  cases  show  the  form,  size,  and 
surface  characters  of  the  meteorites  represented.  As  the 
meteorite  itself  is  usually  cut  up  and  distributed  these  casts 
afford  the  only  record  of  such  characters.  Meteorites  of 
remarkable  form  thus  represented  are  those  of  Babb’s  Mill, 
which  is  cigar-shaped,  those  of  Kokstad  and  Hex  river. 
South  Africa,  shaped  like  a large  lower  jaw,  and  Charlotte 
and  Boogaldi  which  are  drop  or  pear  shaped.  A conical 
shape  is  also  common,  the  apex  of  the  cone  having  been  the 
front  side  in  falling. 

On  the  north  wall  of  the  haU  is  a large  map  showing  the  dis- 
tribution of  known  meteorite  falls  in  the  United  States. 

HaUs  63  and  64. 

SYSTEMATIC  MINERALOGY. 

This  collection  numbers  about  io,ooo  specimens  and  illus- 
trates the  different  species  of  minerals  obtained  from  various 
localities  of  the  world.  The  arrangement  is  in  accordance 
with  the  system  of  Dana  in  the  following  order;  Elements,  sul- 
phides, chlorides,  fluorides,  oxides,  carbonates,  silicates,  phos- 
phates, sulphates  and  hydrocarbons.  The  smaller  specimens 
are  placed  in  the  floor  cases,  the  larger  in  the  wall  cases.  The 
series  begins  with  the  elements  at  the  left  of  the  entrance  from 
Hall  62,  then  follows  down  this  side  of  the  hall  and  up  the  other 
and  then  passes  to  Hall  64.  The  order  is  also  indicated  on  each 
specimen  by  the  number  placed  at  the  left  on  its  label.  This 
shows  its  number  in  Dana’s  system.  The  specimen  labels  show 


34  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


the  name  and  composition  of  the  species,  the  Museum  catalogue 
number,  and  the  locality.  Beginning  with  the  case  of  elements 
at  the  left  of  the  entrance  from  Hall  62,  an  exact  facsimile  of  the 
Cullinan  diamond,  the  largest  diamond  ever  found,  is  of  interest. 
The  large  crystals  of  stibnite  from  Japan  in  the  same  case  are 
also  worthy  of  special  note.  The  next  wall  case  contains  a 
remarkable  specimen  of  millerite  from  Iowa,  and  a fine  display  of 
fluorite  from  Cumberland,  England.  In  the  floor  cases  in  this 
group  the  specimens  of  gold,  galena,  pyrite,  sylvanite  and  cer- 
argyrite  are  especially  noteworthy.  In  the  floor  cases  following, 
the  series  of  twin  quartzes  from  Japan,  of  Placerville,  California 
quartzes,  of  golden  quartz  from  Colorado,  chalcedony  from 
Wyoming,  precious  opal  from  Australia,  cuprite  from  Arizona, 
hematite  from  Elba,  manganite  from  Michigan,  and  rutile  from 
Georgia,  are  noteworthy.  The  adjoining  wall  cases  contain 
among  other  specimens  a large  and  fine  series  of  quartz  crystals 
from  several  localities,  also  a large  group  of  amethyst  from 
Thunder  Bay,  and  a remarkable  series  of  agates  from  South 
America.  Passing  to  the  east  side  of  the  hall  a series  of  calcites 
is  shown  of  exceptional  completeness  and  beauty.  These  in- 
clude a superb  series  of  English  calcites  and  large  wine-colored 
calcites  from  Joplin,  Missouri,  with  still  larger  ones  of  violet 
color  from  the  same  region.  Other  remarkable  specimens  of 
carbonates  in  the  wall  cases  include  blue  smithsonite  from 
Greece,  aragonite  from  Sicily,  and  azurite  and  malachite  from 
Arizona.  In  the  floor  cases  containing  carbonates,  smaller  speci- 
mens of  calcites  are  shown,  most  of  which  are  remarkable  for 
their  brilliancy  and  perfection.  The  rhodochrosites  from  Col- 
orado are  of  rare  beauty  of  color.  The  series  of  cerussites  is  ex- 
cellent, and  some  remarkable  azurites  and  malachites  are  shown. 
The  series  of  silicates  begins  with  the  feldspars  and  is  then  fol- 
lowed by  pyroxenes  and  amphiboles.  A series  of  beryls  follow- 
ing includes  emeralds,  aquamarines  and  other  gem  stones.  The 
varieties  and  localities  of  garnet  are  next  displayed  and  next  a 
superb  series  of  phenacite,  dioptase  and  topaz.  Tourmaline  is 
fully  represented,  the  best  specimens  being  from  Maine,  Cali- 
fornia, and  the  Island  of  Elba.  Then  follow  the  zeolites,  a group 
of  hydrous  silicates  named  from  their  easy  fusibility  before  the 
blowpipe.  The  specimens  in  the  adjoining  wall  cases  contain  a 
remarkable  series  of  the  richly  colored  amazon-stones  of  Colo- 
rado, garnets  of  large  size  and  various  coloring,  large  crystals  of 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY 


35 


beryl,  a mass  of  lapis-lazuli  weighing  about  200  pounds,  a 
splendid  group  of  epidote  from  Alaska,  and  large  and  fine  speci- 
mens of  tourmaline.  Passing  to  Hall  64,  the  first  wall  case  at 
the  left  contains  a complete  series  of  the  varieties  of  mica,  fol- 
lowing which  are  the  hydrous  micas,  the  serpentines,  talcs  and 
clays,  and  the  minerals  containing  the  rarer  elements,  such  as  col- 
umbite,  samarskite,  etc.  Following  these  in  the  wall  cases  on  the 
north  side  of  the  hall  are  the  phosphates,  arsenates,  borates, 
uranates  and  sulphates.  Among  these  the  vanadinites  from 
Arizona,  and  olivenites,  conichalcites  and  tyrolites  from  Utah, 
are  of  exceptional  beauty  and  rarity.  The  turquoises  from  Ari- 
zona, autunites  from  South  Dakota,  barites  from  England  and 
anglesites  from  Utah  are  also  noteworthy.  The  systematic 
collection  terminates  in  the  wall  cases  on  the  east  wall  in  the  last 
case,  especially  noteworthy  being  the  specimens  of  wulfenite 
from  Arizona,  amber  from  Prussia  and  jet  from  England.  A 
collection  of  pseudomorphs  illustrating  how  one  mineral  may  be 
replaced  by  another  follows.  Then  is  exhibited  a collection  of 
radio-active  minerals  with  photographs  made  by  the  specimens 
themselves.  Large  gold  nuggets  found  in  Australia  and  Cali- 
fornia are  next  represented  by  full-sized  models.  In  the  floor 
cases  of  the  hall  several  hundred  specimens  of  cut  gems  and 
ornamental  stones  are  shown.  These  include  topazes,  ame- 
thysts, emeralds,  tourmalines,  moonstones,  rock  crystal,  amber, 
etc.  The  specimen  of  carved  amber  is  especially  remarkable  as 
a piece  of  lapidist  work.  The  series  also  includes  a number  of 
jasper  vases  and  trays  from  the  Urals  and  pieces  of  polished 
serpentine  and  onyx.  A complete  series  of  models  of  the  famous 
diamonds  of  the  world,  illustrating  their  size,  form,  and  color, 
makes  a part  of  the  exhibit.  The  Chalmers  crystal  collection, 
which  includes  about  250  specimens 'from  United  States  localities 
and  is  the  most  complete  collection  of  the  kind  ever  made,  occu- 
pies one  case. 

Hall  65. 

STRUCTURAL  and  DYNAMICAL  GEOLOGY. 

The  specimens  in  this  hall  for  the  most  part  represent  phe- 
nomena met  with  in  the  study  of  the  earth’s  crust,  and  illustrate 
phases  of  rock  structure  and  geological  processes.  Entering 
from  Hall  64,  in  the  first  case  at  the  left  are  shown  large  slabs 
with  ripple-marked  surfaces.  One  of  the  largest  of  these  shows 


36  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


also  cross  ripples.  Large  surfaces  of  petrified  mud  cracks  are 
also  shown.  In  the  next  case  the  different  results  of  glacial 
action  are  chiefly  illustrated.  The  series  includes  glaciated  peb- 
bles and  boulders  from  glacial  regions  of  Switzerland  and  Mexico, 
also  from  Chicago  and  Rochester,  New  York.  Among  the  most 
interesting  of  the  specimens  are  a series  of  boulders  of  copper 
found  for  the  most  part  about  the  southern  end  of  Lake  Michigan 
which  were  brought  by  glacial  movement  from  the  copper-bear- 
ing regions  about  Lake  Superior.  The  largest  of  these  boulders 
weighs  375  pounds.  Rock  surfaces,  planed  and  striated  by  gla- 
cial movement,  are  also  shown.  These  are  from  both  ancient 
and  modern  glaciers.  Specimens  illustrating  the  effect  of  ero- 
sion by  wind  and  water,  also  stages  and  forms  of  rock  weather- 
ing are  shown  in  this  case.  Numerous  specimens  of  sandstone 
from  the  Black  Hills  with  differently  colored  strata  are  shown. 
Cellular  structure  is  illustrated  by  lavas  and  scoriae.  In  the 
next  case  jointed  structure  is  illustrated  by  basalts  from  Mt. 
Holyoke,  Massachusetts,  Auvergne,  France,  and  other  locali- 
ties. Vein  structure  and  faulting  are  also  fully  illustrated.  The 
next  case  is  largely  devoted  to  concretions.  These  include 
lime  concretions  or  clay-stones  of  many  forms  and  from  many 
localities;  also  sand,  limonite  and  other  concretions.  A related 
structure  called  orbicular,  found  in  eruptive  rocks  is  illustrated 
by  large  slabs  from  California,  North  Carolina,  and  Sweden.  A 
number  of  geodes  are  shown  illustrating  the  forms  and  size  of 
these  bodies.  The  next  case  is  largely  devoted  to  septaria. 
These  are  formed  from  concretions  by  drying  and  shrinking  and 
a subsequent  filling  of  the  cracks  with  some  other  substance. 
Several  of  those  shown  are  of  large  size,  one  being  nearly  three 
feet  in  diameter.  Polished  sections  are  also  shown.  The  next 
case  illustrates  cave  formations  and  cave  life.  Stalactites  and 
stalagmites  and  other  cave  formations  chiefly  from  Indiana 
caves  are  mounted  in  natural  positions  so  as  to  illustrate  the 
formation  and  characters  of  typical  limestone  caves.  The  forms 
of  life  inhabiting  such  caves  are  also  shown.  The  next  case  is 
devoted  to  specimens  of  individual  stalactites  and  stalagmites 
of  large  size  or  perfection  of  form;  also  two  fulgurites,  one  of 
these  being  of  exceptional  size.  Adjoining  this  case  a large 
specimen  of  lodestone  from  Missouri  is  shown.  On  the  floor  of 
the  hall  is  a collection  of  basalt  columns  from  the  Giant’s  Cause- 
way, Ireland,  and  the  Rhine  valley.  These  are  grouped  so  as  to 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY 


37 


illustrate  the  stair-like  arrangement  which  usually  characterises 
cliffs  of  basalt. 

Hall  66. 

LITHOLOGY. 

The  collections  of  this  hall  illustrate  the  varieties  of  rocks 
occurring  at  different  localities.  About  2000  specimens  are 
shown,  most  of  them  being  of  the  size  3x4x1  inch.  The 
specimens  are  classified  under  the  heads  of  eruptive,  aqueous, 
and  metamorphic  rocks.  Of  these  the  eruptive  rocks  are  grouped 
according  to  their  percentage  of  silica  and  their  grain.  Thus, 
beginning  with  the  granites,  which  have  from  80  to  65  per  cent 
of  silica,  the  order  passes  among  the  coarse-grained  rocks  to  the 
diorites,  which  have  between  65  and  55  per  cent,  then  to  the 
gabbros  and  diabases,  having  usually  more  than  45  per  cent, 
and  ends  with  the  peridotites,  having  below  45  per  cent.  A cor- 
responding series  begins  with  the  syenites  and  ends  with  the 
nepheline  rocks.  Again  under  the  divisions  representing  differ- 
ent percentages  of  silica,  the  coarse-grained  or  holocrystalline 
rocks  are  placed  first,  then  those  having  a porphyritic  structure 
and,  lastly,  the  amorphous  rocks.  Thus  among  rocks  having 
from  80  to  65  per  cent  of  silica,  the  granites,  being  coarse-grained, 
are  placed  first,  the  quartz  porphyries  second,  and  obsidian, 
etc.,  last. 

Entering  from  Hall  65,  in  the  first  case  at  the  left  of  the 
entrance  are  shown  granite  and  its  varieties,  such  as  granitite, 
graphic-granite , etc.  These  are  coarse-grained  rocks  having 
quartz,  potash -feldspar,  and  one  or  more  minerals  of  the  mica, 
amphibole,  or  pyroxene  groups  as  essential  constituents.  Then 
follow  granite-porphyry , quartz-porphyry,  vitrophyre,  felsophyre, 
etc.,  which  are  like  the  preceding  in  composition,  but  more  or 
less  porphyritically  developed.  Following  these  are  rhyolite, 
nevadite,  pumice,  obsidian,  etc.,  which  are  amorphous  volcanic 
rocks,  having  high  percentages  of  silica,  usually  more  than 
70  per  cent.  Then  follow  diorite  and  varieties,  holocrystalline 
rocks  having  plagioclase  feldspar  and  hornblende  or  black  mica 
as  essential  constituents,  andesites  and  dacites,  amorphous  or  por- 
phyritic rocks  composed  of  soda -lime  feldspar,  black  mica,  horn- 
blende, and  in  the  case  of  dacites  quartz,  then  porphyrites  of 
various  kinds. 

The  next  group  begins  with  gabbros  and  norites,  which  are 


38  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


coarse-grained  rocks  consisting  of  a basic  soda-lime  feldspar, 
with  a diallage  or  other  pyroxene.  Diabases,  rocks  having  plagi- 
oclase  feldspar  and  augite  as  essential  constituents  follow,  then 
come  basalts,  dolerites  and  melaphyres.  The  latter  are  usually 
found  in  the  form  of  dykes  and  intrusive  sheets.  They  are  popu- 
larly known  as  trap  rocks.  Their  composition  is  like  that  of  the 
preceding. 

Pyroxene  rocks,  diallagite,  etc.,  which  are  basic  rocks  com- 
posed largely  of  pyroxene,  come  next,  and  the  group  ends  with 
peridotite  and  varieties,  including  Iherzolite , picrite  and  dunite. 
These  are  highly  basic  rocks,  composed  chiefly  of  olivine,  but 
often  having  chromite  and  other  iron  oxides  present. 

Rocks  of  the  syenite-nephelinite  series  are  placed  next,  as 
follows:  Syenite,  minette,  etc.  These  are  holocrystalline  rocks, 
having  dominant  orthoclase  and  subordinate  ferro -magnesian 
minerals.  These  are  followed  by  trachytes,  which  are  of  the 
same  composition  as  syenite  but  of  porphyritic  or  felsitic  text- 
ure. Then  follow  N epheline  or  elceolite  syenites,  in  which  nephe- 
line  accompanies  the  feldspar;  otherwise  they  are  like  syenite. 
Phonolites,  which  are  like  the  above  but  of  porphyritic  or  felsitic 
texture,  and  tephrites  and  basanites,  rocks  having  nepheline  or 
leucite  and  lime-soda  feldspar  as  essential  constituents,  usually 
porphyritic  in  structure,  with  a more  or  less  amorphous  ground 
mass,  follow  next  in  order.  Kersantite,  leucite  basalt,  leucitite, 
neptheline  basalt  and  nephelinite , which  are  rocks  containing  leu- 
cite or  nepheline  in  place  of  feldspar,  and  these  usually  associated 
with  augite,  end  the  series. 

Then  follow  aqueous  rocks.  Those  formed  as  chemical  pre- 
cipitates are  placed  first.  These  include  hematite,  limonite,  caU 
car  eons  tufa,  oolitic  and  pisolitic  limestone,  onyx,  serpentine  and  its 
varieties,  talc  or  steatite,  including  verdantiq^ie  marble  and  ophite, 
gypsum,  alabaster,  etc.  Then  follow  rocks  formed  as  sedimen- 
tary deposits,  and  fragmental  in  structure.  The  principal 
varieties  of  these  are  arranged  in  this  order:  Sandstone,  con- 
glomerate, breccia,  quartzite,  shale,  clay,  tufa  or  tuff,  coquina, 
chalk  and  limestone. 

Then  follow  metamorphic  rocks,  These  are  divided  into 
stratified  or  bedded,  and  foliated  or  schistose.  The  first  class 
includes  crystalline  limestones,  marbles  and  dolomites.  They  are 
made  up  chiefly  of  the  mineral  calcite,  and  are  formed  from  the 
remains  of  molluscs,  corals  and  other  animals.  These  produce 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY 


39 


limestone  first  and  this  is  changed  by  the  action  of  heat  to  the 
crystalline  condition.  In  some  cases  the  original  fossils  remain 
intact,  as  illustrated  in  many  of  the  polished  slabs.  Following 
the  marbles  are  placed  the  crystalline  schists,  which  are  rocks  of 
variable  composition,  but  characterized  by  a pronounced  schis- 
tose structure,  especially  where  mica  is  the  prevailing  constit- 
uent. Here  are  included  argillite,  clay-slate,  eclogite,  quartzite, 
phyllite,  paragonite  schist,  chlorite  schist,  mica  schist,  and  others. 

Last  in  the  series  appear  the  gneisses,  a class  of  rocks  essen- 
tially like  the  granites  in  composition,  but  differing  from  them 
in  structure,  in  that  the  constituents  are  arranged  in  approxi- 
mately parallel  bands  or  layers.  Varieties  shown  depend  upon 
the  prevailing  mineral. 

In  addition  to  the  systematic  collection  above  described 
some  special  collections,  illustrating  rocks  of  certain  areas,  are 
shown  as  follows: 

Rocks  of  the  copper  and  iron-bearing  regions  about  Lake 
Superior. 

Rocks  of  Manhattan  Island.  These  were  obtained  chiefly 
from  excavations  made  in  and  about  New  York  City.  They  are 
crystalline,  metamorphic  rocks,  and  illustrate  the  great  varia- 
tions possible  in  kinds  of  rocks  in  a small  region. 

Rocks  of  the  Green  Mountain  Range,  as  seen  in  passing  east- 
ward from  Pittsfield,  Massachusetts.  These  include  a variety 
of  schists,  limestones,  and  other  metamorphic  rocks  ranging  in 
geological  time  from  the  Archaean  into  the  Devonian.  They 
illustrate  the  different  formations  distinguished  by  geologists 
in  the  region. 

Lavas  of  well-known  volcanoes,  including  Vesuvius,  Mauna 
Loa,  and  the  extinct  volcanoes  of  central  France. 

Lavas  and  other  products  of  the  volcanoes  of  the  Valley  of 
Mexico. 

Halls  76  and  77, 

GEOGRAPHIC  GEOLOGY. 

The  purpose  of  this  collection  is  to  illustrate  in  a vivid  and 
realistic  way  the  surface  configuration  of  the  earth.  The  chief 
feature  of  the  exhibit  is  a series  of  relief  maps  which  reproduce 
on  as  natural  and  representative  scales  as  practicable,  the  topo- 
graphy and  structure  of  selected  portions  of  the  earth’s  surface. 
A part  of  the  series  shows  only  topography  and  sculpture,  while 


40  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


another  part  shows  geological  structure  as  well  as  topography. 
To  some  extent  the  topography  is  shown  on  one  map  and  the 
geological  structure  on  another,  so  that  both  elements  are  repre- 
sented with  the  greatest  distinctness.  The  portions  of  the  sur- 
face selected  to  be  represented  are  usually  such  as  to  portray 
some  typical  form  of  surface  sculpturing  or  of  volcanic  accumu- 
lation. Some,  however,  represent  natural  or  political  divisions. 

In  addition  to  the  relief  maps,  there  are  models  showing 
geological  structure  or  illustrating  methods  of  development. 
Some  of  these  are  dissected  so  as  to  show  the  more  intimate 
structure  of  the  formations.  There  are  also  exhibited  globes, 
wall  maps,  and  other  geographic  material.  The  following  is  a list 
of  the  principal  features: 

Hall  76. 

Entering  this  hall  from  the  West  Dome  and  passing  around 
to  the  right,  the  maps  against  the  wall  will  be  found  in  the 
following  order: 

Relief  map  of  Kentucky  showing  topographical  and  geologi- 
cal features  and  location  of  principal  coal  fields. 

Relief  map  of  the  United  States  showing  limits  and  theoreti- 
cal curvature  of  the  ancient  ice  sheet  at  the  stage  of  the  Glacial 
period  following  the  main  epoch.  Modelled  on  a section  of  a 
globe  i6^  feet  in  diameter.  Scale,  i inch  equals  40  miles. 

Relief  map  of  Missouri  showing  topographical  and  geological 
features  and  principal  mining  districts. 

Relief  map  of  New  Jersey  showing  topographical  and  geo- 
logical features. 

Model  of  Henry  mountains  and  vicinity,  Utah,  showing  geo- 
logical formations  and  effects  of  erosion. 

Geological  and  relief  map  of  the  Henry  mountains  showing 
effects  of  erosion. 

This  is  on  a larger  scale  than  the  preceding  map  and  shows 
only  a portion  of  the  same  territory. 

Same  as  the  above,  ideally  restored  before  erosion  took 
place. 

Model  showing  Henry  mountains  and  vicinity  ideally  re- 
stored before  erosion  took  place. 

This  is  on  the  same  scale  as  the  first  of  the  series. 

The  foregoing  series  of  four  maps  illustrates  the  formation 
of  laccoliths  or  dome-like  mountains  produced  by  the  intrusion 
of  lava. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY 


41 


Relief  map  of  Yellowstone  National  Park,  showing  canyons 
of  the  Yellowstone  and  Madison  rivers,  etc.  Horizontal  and 
vertical  scale,  i inch  equals  i mile,  or  i :63,36o. 

Relief  map  of  the  Yosemite  Valley  from  surveys  made  by 
Captain  of  Engineers,  George  M.  Wheeler,  U.  S.  A.,  scale,  i inch 
equals  1000  feet. 

Relief  map  of  Eureka  District,  Nevada,  colored  to  show 
geological  formations,  scale,  i in.  equals  16,000  feet. 

Relief  map  of  the  island  of  Porto  Rico.  Horizontal  scale, 

I inch  equals  4 miles.  Vertical  scale,  i inch  equals  2 miles. 

Relief  map  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands.  Horizontal  scale,  i 
inch  equals  4 miles.  Vertical  scale,  i inch  equals  2 miles. 

Relief  map  of  the  Niagara  river.  Horizontal  scale,  i inch 
equals  i mile.  Vertical  scale  4:1-  The  entire  course  of  the 
Niagara  river  is  shown. 

Relief  map  of  Niagara  Falls  and  vicinity  on  a larger  scale 
than  the  preceding.  Horizontal  and  vertical  scale  the  same, 
I inch  equals  500  feet.  This  map,  besides  exhibiting  the  famil- 
iar features  of  the  Falls  and  Gorge,  also  makes  plain  the  ancient 
shore  of  Lake  Erie  and  the  old  channel  leading  from  the  Whirl- 
pool. 

Relief  map  of  the  United  States  and  the  Gulf  of  Mexico, 
modeled  on  a section  of  globe  16  K feet  in  diameter.  Horizontal 
scale,  I inch  equals  40  miles.  Vertical  scale,  i inch  equals  8 
miles.  This  map  is  colored  to  show  average  annual  rainfall  and 
lines  of  equal  temperature. 

Relief  map  of  the  Grand  Canyon  of  the  Colorado  and  the 
cliffs  of  southern  Utah,  colored  to  show  geological  formations. 
Horizontal  scale,  i inch  equals  2 miles.  Vertical  scale,  i inch 
equals  5000  feet. 

Relief  map  of  Palestine.  Horizontal  scale,  H of  an  inch 
equals  i mile.  Vertical  scale,  3>^  times  the  horizontal. 

Mounted  on  easels  and  occupying  the  floor  of  the  hall  will 
be  found  the  following : 

Contour  map,  in  relief,  of  the  Washoe,  Nevada,  mining  region, 
50  foot  contours.  Scale,  i : 20,000. 

This  form  of  map  illustrates  how  a relief  map  is  constructed 
from  a printed  contour  map.  By  filling  the  contours  here  shown 
the  ordinary  relief  map  is  obtained. 

Relief  model  of  Leadville  and  vicinity,  showing  geological 
structure.  Scale,  i inch  equals  800  feet,  or  i : 9,600. 


42  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


A dissected  form  of  this  map,  useful  for  the  study  of  folding 
and  faulting,  can  be  seen  on  application  to  the  Curator. 

Relief  map  of  the  Ice  Spring  craters,  a group  of  extinct  vol- 
canoes, near  Fillmore,  Utah,  illustrating  the  successive  forma- 
tion and  partial  abolition  of  craters  and  lava  fields.  Horizontal 
and  vertical  scale,  i : looo. 

Relief  map  of  Mount  Taylor,  New  Mexico,  showing  geologi- 
cal formations.  Scale,  i inch  equals  i mile. 

Relief  map  of  the  Uinta  and  Wasatch  mountains,  colored  to 
show  geological  formations.  Horizontal  scale,  i inch  equals  4 
miles,  or  i : 253,440.  Vertical  scale,  i : 126,720. 

Relief  map  of  the  high  plateaus  of  Utah,  colored  to  show 
geological  structure.  Scale,  i : 1,680,000. 

Two  relief  maps  of  Mount  Shasta,  one  showing  topographi- 
cal, the  other,  geological  features. 

Relief  maps  of  the  Chattanooga  District,  one  showing  topo- 
graphical, the  other  geological  features.  Note  how,  by  folding 
and  erosion,  the  formations  originally  overlying  one  another 
have  been  exposed  so  as  to  succeed  one  another  laterally. 

Relief  map  of  Massachusetts,  from  maps  of  the  United  States 
Geological  Survey  and  the  Topographic  Survey  of  Massachu- 
setts. Horizontal  scale,  i inch  equals  4 miles.  Vertical  scale 
I inch  equal  4000  feet. 

Relief  map  of  Connecticut  from  maps  of  the  United  States 
Geological  Survey  and  the  Topographic  Survey  of  Connecticut. 

Relief  map  of  the  Caucasus  mountains. 

Relief  map  of  the  world  on  Mercator’s  Projection.  Hori- 
zontal scale,  630  miles  to  i inch.  Vertical  scale,  78  times  the 
horizontal. 

Relief  map  of  Palestine.  Horizontal  scale,  i inch  equals 
6 miles.  Vertical  scale,  exaggerated  5 times. 

A number  of  large  geological  photographs  are  exhibited  on  a 
stand  in  the  hall. 

There  is  also  exhibited  in  this  hall  a model  on  a large  scale 
of  the  Chandler  iron  mine,  Ely,  Minnesota.  It  illustrates  how 
the  underground  workings  of  a large  mine  are  carried  on. 
Two  shafts  (shown  at  the  rear  of  the  model)  run  from  the 
surface  downward.  At  levels  60  feet  apart,  horizontal  gal- 
leries run  from  the  shaft  and  connect  at  intervals  with  other 
passages.  Figures  of  miners  at  work  may  be  seen  by  look- 
ing through  these  crossways  from  the  ends  of  the  model. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY 


43 


From  the  two  main  galleries,  sloping  ways,  not  shown  in  the 
model,  lead  upward  to  passages  at  higher  levels  which  do 
not  connect  with  the  shaft.  Here  as  the  ore  is  excavated  it 
is  thrown  through  chutes  to  the  tramways  of  the  main  gal- 
leries, and  there  taken  by  ore  cars  to  the  shafts  and  raised  to 
the  surface.  The  timbering  is  to  prevent  the  top  and  sides 
from  caving. 

Upon  the  wall  is  a large  painting  representing  a section  of 
the  Soudan  mine  of  Tower,  Minnesota. 

Hall  77. 

Passing  into  Hall  77,  and  turning  to  the  right,  maps  will  be 
found  against  the  wall  in  the  following  order : 

Relief  map  of  the  Isthmus  of  Panama,  showing  the  proposed 
course  of  the  canal. 

Map  of  the  Isthmus  of  Panama. 

Model  showing  methods  of  irrigation  on  steeply  and  gently 
sloping  fields. 

Geological  relief  map  of  the  Island  of  Palma. 

Relief  map  of  the  Drainage  basin  of  the  Arkansas  river  in 
Colorado,  showing  the  relations  of  the  catchment  basins  to  the 
reservoir  sites  and  irrigable  lands.  The  entire  area  drained  by 
the  Arkansas  river  from  its  source  in  the  High  Rockies  to  the 
plains  of  eastern  Colorado  is  shown. 

Relief  map  of  Europe.  Horizontal  scale,  85  miles  to  i inch. 
Vertical  scale,  45  times  the  horizontal. 

Relief  map  of  Asia.  Horizontal  scale,  216  miles  to  i inch. 
Vertical  scale,  39  times  the  horizontal. 

Relief  map  of  Africa.  Horizontal  scale,  184  miles  to  i inch. 
Vertical  scale,  53  times  the  horizontal. 

Relief  map  of  North  America.  Horizontal  scale,  140  miles  to 
I inch.  Vertical  scale,  39  times  the  horizontal. 

Relief  map  of  South  America.  Horizontal  scale  147  miles  to 
I inch.  Vertical  scale  30  times  the  horizontal. 

The  foregoing  five  maps  permit  study  to  advantage  of  the 
great  features  of  continental  relief.  Among  those  that  may  be 
noted  are:  That  the  continents  in  general  have  elevated  moun- 
tain borders  and  a low  or  basin -like  interior;  that  the  highest 
border  faces  the  larger  ocean;  that  the  lines  of  greatest  elevation 
are  placed  outside  the  center;  that  all  the  gentle  slopes  descend 
toward  the  Atlantic  and  the  Frozen  ocean,  all  the  steep  ones 


44  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


toward  the  Pacific  and  Indian  oceans;  that  elevations  increase 
from  the  poles  to  the  tropics. 

Relief  map  of  Japan. 

Geological  map  of  the  Siebenburgen  region,  Bohemia,  by 
Von  Hauer.  This  map  is  an  illustration  of  good  coloring. 

Relief  map  of  the  United  States.  Horizontal  scale  85  miles 
to  I inch.  Vertical  scale,  36  times  the  horizontal. 

Relief  map  of  the  United  States.  Horizontal  scale,  i : 2,500,- 
000.  Vertical  scale  exaggerated  10  times. 

Geological  map  of  the  State  of  New  York. 

Relief  map  of  the  State  of  New  York.  Scale,  i inch  equals 
12  miles;  vertical  5 to  i.  The  former  bed  of  Lake  Iroquois  is 
shown,  also  the  plateau-like  character  of  the  southern  part  of 
the  state. 

Relief  map  of  New  York  City  and  vicinity.  Scale,  i inch 
equals  i mile;  vertical  3 to  i.  The  combination  of  land  and 
water  which  have  given  New  York  its  great  commercial  impor- 
tance is  well  shown. 

PliA’sical  map  of  the  British  Isles. 

Geological  map  of  Russia. 

Geological  map  of  the  State  of  Illinois. 

Series  of  four  maps  showing  the  successive  stages  in  the  re- 
cession of  Lake  Chicago,  following  the  Glacial  period,  and  the 
development  of  the  Chicago  plain.  Former  beach  lines,  spits 
and  islands  are  well  marked  by  the  topography. 

Relief  map  of  northwestern  Illinois,  including  Cook,  Du 
Page,  Will,  and  eighteen  adjoining  counties.  The  course  of  the 
Chicago  Drainage  Canal  is  shown. 

Relief  map  of  the  region  of  extinct  volcanoes  in  Auvergne, 
central  France;  geological  and  topographical.  Henri  Le  Coq 
and  G.  P.  Scrope. 

Relief  map  of  Carmel  Bay,  California,  showing  a submarine 
valley. 

Geological  relief  map  of  Vesuvius  and  Monta  Somma. 

Relief  map  of  the  island  of  Teneriffe. 

Several  geological  photographs,  including  one  of  the  spine  of 
Mt.  Pelee. 

On  tables  occupying  the  floor  of  the  hall  will  be  found  the 
following : 

Harvard  geographical  models,  showing  the  effect  of  sub- 
mergence and  elevation  of  a coastal  region. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY 


45 


Ideal  relief  of  a complete  glacier. 

Ideal  relief  illustrating  the  formation  of  valleys  by  erosion. 

Ideal  relief  of  a volcanic  island. 

Ideal  relief  of  a steep  coast  and  dune  coast,  showing  the  two 
principal  types  of  sea  coast  as  they  appear  at  ebb  tide. 

Geological  relief  map  of  Mount  Aetna. 

Geological  relief  map  of  the  Island  of  Bourbon.  Scale, 
I : 300,000. 

Geological  relief  map  of  Blair,  Bedford,  and  Huntingdon 
counties,  Pennsylvania.  A portion  dissected  to  show  geological 
structure. 

Relief  map  of  a part  of  Mount  Desert  Island,  Maine.  Scale, 
I to  40,000. 

Relief  map  of  Mont  Blanc.  Horizontal  scale,  K-inch  equals 
I mile.  Vertical  scale,  iK  inch  equals  i mile. 

Relief  map  showing  irrigation  system  at  Ontario,  San  Ber- 
nardino county,  California. 

The  relief  map  of  the  moon  exhibited  in  the  alcove  at  the 
entrance  to  the  Department  may  also  properly  be  considered  a 
part  of  this  collection. 

A complete  series  of  the  topographical  maps  issued  by  the 
U.  S.  Geological  Survey  can  be  consulted  on  application  to  the 
Curator. 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY. 

It  is  the  purpose  of  the  collections  shown  in  this  Division  to 
illustrate  modes  of  occurrence  in  nature  of  the  minerals  and  ores 
which  have  economic  importance,  to  show  the  localities  from 
which  they  are  obtained,  the  processes  used  in  their  extraction 
and  treatment,  and  their  application  to  human  arts  and  indus- 
tries. The  collections  may  conveniently  be  classified  into  five 
groups,  which  can  be  most  readily  inspected  in  the  order 
named : 

Building  stones  and  quarry  products.  Hall  67. 

Clays  and  sands.  Hall  68. 

Carbon  minerals,  including  coals,  petroleum,  etc.,  Halls,  69, 
70  and  71. 

Ores  and  products  of  the  precious  metals  and  lead. 

Ores  and  products  of  the  base  metals.  Hall  79. 

Salts  of  the  alkalies  and  alkali  earths,  Hall  78. 


46  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


Hall  67. 

MARBLES  AND  BUILDING  STONES. 

This  hall  contains  a collection  of  the  best  known  foreign  and 
domestic  marbles  in  the  form  of  polished  slabs.  The  names 
given  on  the  labels  are  those  by  which  the  stones  are  com- 
monly known,  and  in  general  refer  to  the  color  and  markings  of 
the  stone  rather  than  to  the  composition  or  the  locality  where  it 
is  quarried.  Besides  the  more  prominent  groups  in  this  collec- 
tion which  are  mentioned,  there  are  various  smaller  series  and 
individual  specimens  of  interest  which  will  be  encountered.  The 
series  of  marbles  from  the  United  States  includes  all  the  most 
widely  used  American  marbles.  These  are  principally  from 
Vermont,  Georgia,  and  Tennessee.  The  Vermont  marbles  are 
fine  textured  and  range  in  color  from  pure  white  through  gray 
to  black.  The  coarsely  crystalline,  brilliant  marbles  from 
Georgia  run  from  white  to  pink.  It  must  not  be  thought  from 
the  appearance  of  this  case  that  colored  marbles  such  as  appear 
in  the  collection  from  foreign  localities,  do  not  exist  in  the  United 
States.  Deposits  are  known  but  for  various  reasons  remain  un- 
worked. A collection  of  the  mottled  red  dolomites,  the 
“Winooski  Marbles,”  which  are  quarried  in  the  vicinity  of  Swan- 
ton,  Vermont,  presents  a large  number  of  peculiar  patterns. 

A collection  of  Norwegian  and^  one  of  Greek  marbles  are 
installed  together.  These  illustrate  well  the  various  breccia 
patterns  of  marbles,  as  nearly  all  forms,  from  a plain  marble 
conglomerate  through  various  phases  of  alteration  until  the 
brecciation  is  wholly  obliterated,  are  present. 

The  series  of  French  marbles  shown  is  exceptional  in  size  and 
in  beauty  and  variety  of  the  individual  marbles. 

Examples  of  many  of  the  marbles  used  in  the  ornamenta- 
tion of  houses  and  public  buildings  may  be  recognized  in  this 
case.  The  names  upon  the  specimen  labels  of  this  series  are  in 
large  part  descriptive,  so  that  the  collection  serves  to  illustrate 
the  class  names  dependent  upon  color  and  markings  which  are 
applied  to  the  more  ornamental  varieties  of  marbles  from  all 
countries. 

A series  of  marbles  from  Great  Britain  presents  a variety  of 
patterns  of  agreeable  texture  as  well  as  some  unusual  markings. 
With  these  marbles  are  shown  the  English  alabasters. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY  47 


Japan  is  represented  by  a series  of  polished  marble  spheres 
of  various  sizes. 

A series  of  marbles  from  Africa  and  Asia  includes  the  well 
known  ivory-colored  Numidian  marbles. 

A series  of  travertines  including  some  large  polished  speci- 
mens comprises  the  varieties  commonly  known  as  Mexican  onyx, 
onyx  marble  and  stalagmite  marble.  The  clear  translucent 
specimens  represent  the  material  as  originally  deposited.  The 
opaque  red-brown  effects  are  produced  where  air  has  had  long 
access  to  the  material  in  the  ground  and  has  caused  an  oxida- 
tion of  the  iron  contained  in  the  material. 

Serpentines.  Next  to  marble  the  green  or  red  serpentines 
are  perhaps  the  most  generally  used  of  ornamental  stones.  A 
good  series  is  shown.  Especially  noteworthy  are  the  curiously 
mottled  red  and  dark  green  serpentines  from. Lizard  Point,  Corn- 
wall, and  the  dark  colored  variety  from  Saxony  which  is  turned 
on  a lathe  to  form  various  ornamental  objects.  All  of  these  green 
serpentines  are  now  commonly  known  as  verde  antique,  although 
the  name  was  formerly  applied  only  to  those  of  the  shade  of  green 
possessed  by  the  Greek  specimen,  E 504.  The  ophite  from  New 
York  is  a granular  mixture  of  calcite  and  serpentine. 

A number  of  slabs  of  granite  and  eruptive  rocks  are  shown. 
Owing  to  their  hardness  and  the  consequent  expense  of  working, 
these  stones  are  not  so  frequently  polished  as  the  marbles,  but, 
as  illustrated  by  these  specimens,  when  polished  they  often 
present  very  beautiful  effects. 

A systematic  collection  of  common  building  stones  is  also 
exhibited  in  the  form  of  four-inch  cubes  showing  different  kinds 
of  finish  on  different  faces.  The  series  is  classified  according  to 
the  commercial  groups  of  limestones,  marbles,  slates,  sand- 
stones and  granites,  and  into  the  nearest  of  these  classes  are 
placed  such  building  stones  as  lava,  diorite,  conglomerate,  etc., 
which  do  not  strictly  belong  to  either.  Foreign  building  stones 
constitute  a separate  collection. 

Building  stones  of  Mexico  and  Ecuador  also  are  grouped  as  a 
separate  series.  These  are  mostly  volcanic  rocks,  lavas,  and 
tuffs,  which  are  sufficiently  durable  for  mild  climates  and  yet 
soft  enough  to  be  easily  worked  with  simple  tools.  The  build- 
ing stones  from  Ecuador  are  ordinary  pumice  stone.  Other 
foreign  building  stones  form  a separate  series  of  four-inch  cubes 
representing  principally  English  and  Spanish  localities. 


48  FIELD  MUSEUM  OE  NATURAL  HISTORY 


Roofing  slates  are  represented  by  specimens  from  various 
quarries  in  New  York,  Vermont,  and  Virginia.  Specimens  of 
slate  from  the  Welsh  quarries  illustrate  the  manner  in  which 
blocks  of  slate  are  split  or  cleaved  into  a series  of  laminae  or  thin 
plates,  which  may  be  afterwards  cut  to  uniform  sizes  and  used 
for  roofing. 

Hall  68. 

CLAYS,  SANDS,  AND  SOILS. 

The  arrangement  of  cases  in  this  hall  divides  it  into  two 
alcoves  on  either  side  of  a central  passage.  The  space  to  the 
right  upon  entering  from  Hall  67  is  occupied  by  a clay  collection, 
the  space  to  the  left  by  the  soils,  sands,  and  cements. 

CLAYS. 

The  key  to  the  arrangement  of  the  clays  is  given  by  a synop- 
tic collection  which  occupies  the  entire  length  of  the  front  of  the 
two  cases  facing  the  central  passage.  In  this  series  are  displayed 
typical  specimens  of  each  of  the  twenty-nine  classes  of  clays  of 
Orton’s  classification.  Their  relations  to  each  other  and  to  the 
rocks  from  which  they  are  derived  are  expressed  by  a method 
of  grouping  and  by  a number  of  lines  connecting  the  various 
groups.  If  these  lines  and  the  associated  specimens  be  consid- 
ered as  a kind  of  genealogical  tree  of  the  clays  the  mieaning 
of  this  series  will  be  evident.  Each  specimen  of  clay  in  this 
series  has  received  in  order  a class  number  printed  upon  the  label 
in  Roman  numerals.  As  a similar  numeral  is  placed  upon  the 
labels  of  all  other  clays  shown  in  this  hall,  the  nature  of  any  clay 
shown  may  be  determined  in  a moment  by  referring  to  the  speci- 
men in  the  synoptic  collection  with  the  same  class  number. 
After  looking  over  the  synoptic  collection  the  visitor  should  in- 
spect the  series  illustrating  the  effects  upon  their  useful  proper- 
ties of  the  impurities  commonly  present  in  clays.  The  greater 
part  of  the  space  devoted  to  clays  is  occupied  by  specimens  ar- 
ranged according  to  industrial  values.  These  are  arranged  in 
three  series,  each  subdivided  and  numbered  according  to  the 
synoptic  collection.  Each  class  of  specimens  is  accompanied 
by  a descriptive  label.  Each  specimen  is  accompanied  by  a 
carefully  burned  briquette  of  the  same  clay  which  illustrates 
the  color,  texture,  shrinkage,  vitrification  and  other  properties 
of  the  clay  in  question  when  burned.  The  three  collections  are: 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY  49 


The  red-buming  clays,  which  are  red,  pink,  and  yellow  when 
burned.  Chiefly  used  for  brick,  tile,  coarse  pottery,  and  other 
common  uses.  With  these  are  placed  the  clays  of  similar  prop- 
erties which  burn  to  a greenish  yellow  from  the  presence  of  lime. 

The  buff -burning  clays,  which  burn  to  a buff  color  and 
include  fire  clays  and  most  potters’  clays. 

The  white  and  ivory-burning  clays,  which  burn  white  or 
nearly  so.  Here  are  placed  the  kaolins,  porcelain,  and  china 
clays,  paper  and  pipe  clays,  and  other  comparatively  valuable 
clays. 

A variety  of  useful  minerals  which  resemble  clays,  either  in 
composition,  appearance  or  use,  are  grouped  in  a separate  col- 
lection. Here  are  placed  the  ochres  and  other  mineral  paints 
which  are  chiefly  colored  clays.  Fuller’s  earths,  used  now 
chiefly  for  purifying  fats  and  oils,  talc,  mineral  soaps,  and 
various  other  minerals  of  minor  importance  are  included  here. 

SANDS,  SOILS,  AND  CEMENTS. 

The  half  of  Hall  68  not  occupied  by  clays  contains  the  sands, 
soils,  and  cements.  Numerous  specimens  of  sand  illustrate  the 
varieties  of  sand  adapted  to  different  uses,  such  as  molding  sand 
for  molds  for  metal  castings;  fire  sand  for  infusible  furnace 
hearths  and  furnace  bricks;  glass  sand  for  the  manufacture  of 
glass,  and  sand  for  sand-lime  brick,  etc.,  and  suggest  some  of  the 
qualities  a sand  must  possess  to  be  adapted  to  any  of  these  uses. 
Another  series  contains  hydraulic  limestones,  cement  rocks,  com- 
mon limestones,  clays,  and  marls  suited  to  the  manufacture  of 
cement.  All  stages  in  the  manufacture  of  Portland  cement  are 
illustrated. 

The  composition,  nature  and  varieties  of  soils  are  illustrated 
by  a number  of  small  groups  showing: — 

The  composition  of  soils ; 

The  principal  classes  of  soils; 

The  plant  foods  which  occur  naturally  in  soils.  (For  foods 
added  to  soils,  i.  e.,  fertilizers,  see  Hall  78.) 

The  formation  of  soil  from  an  eruptive  rock  and  from  lime- 
stone is  illustrated  by  two  complete  series  showing  the  original 
rock  and  final  product  together  with  the  intermediate  products. 
A large  number  of  soils  from  all  parts  of  the  world,  arranged  ac- 
cording to  common  classifications,  illustrates  the  great  variety 
of  appearance  and  character  which  soils  assume.  Another  series 


so  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


is  arranged  according  to  the  more  elaborate  classification  of  the 
U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture. 

Hall  69. 

COALS  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 

Here  one  may  study  the  distribution  and  extent  of  the  coal 
fields  of  the  United  States,  also  the  kinds  of  coal  produced  by 
each  and  the  available  means  of  transportation. 

On  a large  plate-glass  map  in  the  center  of  the  hall,  scale  ten 
miles  to  one  inch,  the  coal  fields  of  the  United  States  as  devel- 
oped in  1892  are  indicated  by  areas  in  black,  and  the  principal 
railroads  connecting  them  are  also  represented. 

In  cases  adjoining  are  shown  specimens  taken  from  these 
different  fields,  the  exact  locality  of  each  being  indicated  by  fig- 
ures on  the  labels  corresponding  to  those  on  the  map.  The  order 
of  numbers  is  the  same  as  the  alphabetical  order  of  the  states. 
The  specimen  labels  show  the  uses  of  the  coal,  the  names  of  the 
operators  of  the  mines,  the  means  of  transportation,  the  markets, 
and  the  analysis  of  the  specimens.  Other  data  will  be  given  to 
anyone  desiring  to  obtain  them,  on  application  to  the  Curator. 

Hall  70. 

COALS  AND  HYDROCARBONS. 

This  hall  contains  a series  of  the  carbon  minerals,  beginning 
with  the  diamond,  and  passing  through  graphite  and  the  coals, 
(anthracite,  semi-anthracite,  semi-bituminous,  bituminous,  and 
lignite)  to  bitumen  and  asphalt. 

The  occurrence  of  diamonds  is  illustrated  by  diamonds  in 
the  “Blue  Ground”  or  matrix  in  which  they  occur  at  the  De 
Beers  mines,  Kimberley,  South  Africa.  A series  of  the  diamond - 
bearing  gravels  of  Brazil  is  also  shown. 

Graphite  is  represented  by  a series  of  amorphous  and  crystal- 
line graphites  together  with  the  artificial  material  made  in  the 
electric  furnace. 

Asphaltums  form  a series  of  specimens  of  diverse  characters, 
from  the  hard,  glassy  uintaite  to  the  soft,  semi-liquid  malthas. 
With  them  are  placed  the  oil  shales  from  which  kerosene  may 
be  distilled  and  the  ozocerites  or  natural  paraffins. 

The  coals  and  lignites  represented  are  as  follows: 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY 


SI 


Lignites,  chiefly  from  the  western  United  States,  South 
America,  England,  and  Roumania; 

Bituminous  coals,  from  the  United  States,  Australia, 
England  and  Wales,  and  Westphalia  and  Saarbriicken,  Germany. 
With  the  latter  series  the  associated  rocks  are  shown,  and  the 
whole  forms  a typical  series  illustrating  the  rocks  of  a coal  basin. 

Anthracite  coals,  chiefly  from  Pennsylvania  and  Colorado. 

Cannel  coals. 

The  grading  and  cleaning  of  coal  by  washing  as  performed 
in  Germany  is  represented  by  a complete  series. 

A section  of  a coal  seam  five  feet  in  thickness,  from  the  Bore 
Hole  seam,  Duckenfield  and  Merthyr  collieries.  New  South  Wales, 
serves  to  give  an  impression  of  how  coal  beds  lie  in  the  ground. 

Peat  and  its  uses  are  represented  by  several  varieties  of  raw 
peat  and  stages  in  the  process  of  making  a fuel  from  it  and  of 
manufacturing  it  into  textile  fabrics  and  paper.  Several  other 
uses  of  peat  are  also  illustrated. 

Large  blocks  of  asphalts  and  coal  are  shown  apart  from  the 
systematic  series  of  specimens. 

Hall  71. 

PETROLEUM  AND  ITS  DERIVATIVES. 

This  hall  contains  a very  complete  collection  made  by  the 
Standard  Oil  Company  to  illustrate  modes  of  occurrence  of  the 
mineral  oils  of  the  United  States,  the  methods  used  for  distilling 
and  refining  them,  and  the  products  obtained.  It  contains 
specimens  of  crude  oil  from  the  majority  of  the  pools  in  the 
United  States;  specimens  of  various  oil-bearing  sands  and  min- 
erals of  the  oil  strata;  models  of  oil  refineries,  and  a complete 
series  of  the  products  of  petroleum.  By  following  the  order 
given  below,  the  visitor  will  find  illustrated:  (i)  The  natural 
history  of  petroleum;  (2)  its  manufactured  products,  and 
(3)  the  uses  or  application  of  these. 

The  specimens  of  crude  petroleum  are  arranged  to  show 
gradations  of  color,  this  being  seen  to  vary  from  black,  through 
shades  of  dark  green  and  brown  to  amber,  the  greenish-brown 
being  most  common. 

Tubes  filled  with  drillings  from  the  successive  strata  passed 
through  in  search  for  oil,  illustrate  the  material  through  which 
oil  wells  are  drilled  in  the  Pennsylvania  oil  fields.  One  of  these 


52  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


represents  a huge  producer  in  the  MacDonald  field.  A piece  of 
sandstone  from  which  the  oil  is  obtained  is  placed  at  the  bottom. 
Upon  the  wall  a chart  shows  a geological  section  between  Olean, 
New  York,  and  Fort  Wayne,  Indiana.  The  position  of  the  oil- 
bearing sands  in  these  and  the  comparatively  undisturbed  con- 
dition of  the  strata  are  significant  of  conditions  favorable  to  the 
storage  of  vast  quantities  of  petroleum  and  gas.  A similar 
chart  gives  a geological  section  between  Olean,  New  York,  and 
Massillon,  Ohio. 

Specimens  of  oil-bearing  rocks  from  many  localities  include 
sands,  gravels,  porous  sandstones,  and  limestones. 

The  minerals  and  fossils  of  the  oil-bearing  strata  of  Penn- 
sylvania and  Ohio  are  represented  by  a varied  series  of  specimens. 

A large  bottle  represents  one  barrel  of  petroleum,  and  the 
products  of  such  a barrel  of  petroleum  are  arranged  according 
to  the  order  in  which  they  are  obtained.  These  are  (i)  naptha, 
(2)  burning  oils,  and  (3)  residuum  of  petroleum  tar.  The  pro- 
cesses and  products  of  further  distillation  of  the  latter  will  also 
be  seen.  A large  model  of  a modern  oil  refinery  permits  the 
tracing  of  all  stages  of  the  manufacture  of  illuminating  oils  from 
petroleum.  Above  this  model  will  be  seen  one  of  the  refineries 
built  in  Cleveland,  Ohio,  in  1863. 

Much  of  the  space  in  this  hall  is  occupied  by  various  finished 
products  ready  for  sale,  these  being  chiefly  illuminating  and  lubri- 
cating oils  with,  however,  a variety  of  other  useful  articles. 
These  products  are  classified  into  groups  which  include: 

1.  Cylinder  oils  of  many  grades.  These  are  the  heavier, 
more  sluggish,  lubricating  oils. 

2.  Special  grades  of  lubricating  oils.  These  include  spindle, 
sewing  machine,  screw-cutting  and  engine  oils.  They  are  light- 
bodied and  quick-feeding  as  compared  with  the  cylinder  oils. 

3.  General  heavy  oils,  including  miners’  oil,  leather  oil,  and 
various  engine  oils. 

4.  A collection  of  the  by-products  of  petroleum,  including 
paraffin  wax,  crude,  semi-refined  and  refined,  with  illustrations 
of  its  use  for  candles,  matches,  tapers,  etc. ; axle  grease,  lantern 
oil,  harness  oil,  “miners’  sunshine,”  for  miners’  lamps;  vaseline 
products,  such  as  cerates,  pomades,  soap  and  face  paints. 

5.  Special  grades  of  illuminating  oils.  These  oils  are 
designed  to  give  the  best  light  obtainable  from  kerosene. 

6.  High  test  illuminating  oils. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY 


S3 


7.  Illustrations  of  some  of  the  uses  to  which  petroleum  pro- 
ducts are  put,  including  waxed  paper  for  wrapping  purposes, 
water-proof  coating  for  explosives,  varnishes,  wood  stains  and 
fillers,  solvent  for  rubber  cement,  electric  light  carbons,  and 
electrodes. 

A series  of  Russian  petroleums  which  is  exhibited  here 
presents  some  features  differing  from  the  American. 

Hall  72. 

PLATINUM.  GOLD,  SILVER,  AND  LEAD. 

The  collections  in  this  hall  comprise  platinum,  gold,  silver, 
and  lead  ores.  Besides  the  typical  ores  many  unique  occur- 
rences are  represented  here.  In  the  examination  of  these,  as  well 
as  ores  of  other  metals,  it  should  be  remembered  that  the  min- 
eral or  metal  is  frequently  present  in  such  minute  quantities 
that  it  cannot  be  seen  by  the  naked  eye  or  even  with  the  aid  of 
an  ordinary  magnifying  glass.  Ores  of  the  precious  metals  are 
commonly,  however,  associated  with  certain  mixtures  of  com- 
mon and  otherwise  valueless  minerals  known  as  gangue  min- 
erals, and  by  a careful  observation  of  such  associated  minerals 
and  of  the  neighboring  rocks,  the  skilful  observer  may  frequent- 
ly recognize  the  presence  of  valuable  metals.  Opportunity  is 
given  by  the  numerous  examples  shown  in  this  hall  to  study 
the  slight  indescribable  variations  in  the  appearance  of  a mix- 
ture of  gangue  minerals,  which  often  indicate  the  presence  or 
absence  of  the  precious  metals.  It  should  be  said,  however, 
that  all  indications  of  this  kind  are  often  more  or  less  deceptive 
and  the  only  positive  proof  of  presence  or  absence  of  gold  or  sil- 
ver is  to  be  found  in  actual  trial  by  assay.  The  above  observa- 
tions do  not  apply,  however,  to  the  lead  ores,  which  are  readily 
recognized  by  one  having  acquaintance  with  the  lead-bearing 
minerals.  This  hall  also  contains  a collection  of  products  from 
the  metallurgical  treatment  of  ores. 

These  are  so  arranged  that  the  separate  steps  in  the  treat- 
ment of  the  ores  may  be  followed  by  the  visitor.  If  the  visitor 
enters  from  Hall  7 1 , and  passes  around  Hall  7 2 , keeping  to  the 
right,  the  collections  may  be  seen  in  the  order  in  which  they  are 
mentioned  in  this  guide.  The  general  order  will  then  be  geo- 
graphical beginning  in  northwestern  North  America,  passing 
south  along  the  Cordillera  to  the  south  boundary  of  the  United 


54  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


States,  thence  to  the  northeast  and  south  along  the  Appala- 
chians. After  these  are  placed  the  ores  of  Mexico,  then  South 
America,  then  Africa,  Australia,  and  Europe. 

PLATINUM. 

A series  of  specimens  illustrating  modes  of  occurence  of 
platinum  from  over  twenty  localities,  including  Washington, 
Oregon  and  California,  the  United  States  of  Colombia,  and  the 
Ural  mountains  is  shown.  In  all  of  these  specimens  the  metal 
appears  in  the  form  of  flattened  grains  often  associated  with 
iridium,  osmium,  palladium,  gold,  copper,  and  chromite.  The 
grains  are  usually  found  in  river  beds  or  placer  deposits.  A 
complete  series  of  rocks  and  soils  bearing  platinum,  from  the 
Demidoff  Platinum  mines,  Nizhni  Tagilsk,  Ural  mountains,  is 
shown,  as  well  as  a series  of  concentrates  produced  by  washing 
these  in  order  to  separate  the  metal.  Some  unusual  uses  of 
platinum  are  illustrated  as  follows:  Russian  platinum  coin,  for 
a time  used  as  money;  coins  struck  in  platinum  and  gilded, 
which  passed  for  gold  in  Portugal  and  Spain  during  the  past 
century;  imitation  gold  dust  made  of  platinum  grains  plated 
with  gold. 

GOLD  AND  SILVER. 

A series  of  specimens  showing  typical  associations  of  gold 
with  other  minerals,  as  they  are  found  in  mining,  is  shown.  A 
similar  series  of  silver-bearing  minerals  shows  those  minerals 
which  contain  silver  as  an  essential  constituent  and  those  min- 
erals commonly  closely  associated  with  silver  in  the  mines. 
Placer  gold  deposits  are  represented  by  a collection  of  aurifer- 
ous sands  and  gravels  principally  from  Alaska  and  California. 
All  placer  specimens  are  separated  from  the  general  collections 
and  included  in  a single  series. 

The  collection  of  gold  and  silver  ores  is  composed  of  a series 
of  regional  collections  arranged  in  geographical  order.  The 
more  prominent  are: 

Auriferous  quartzes  from  Alaska  representing  three  widely 
separated  regions. 

A series  principally  of  silver-lead  ores  from  the  Kootenai 
District  of  British  Columbia. 

A series  chiefly  of  silver-lead  ores  representing  the  Okonagon 
and  Stevens  districts  of  Washington  and  the  Coeur  d’Alene  of 
Idaho. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY 


S5 


A collection  of  auriferous  quartzes  of  Oregon  and  California. 

A series  of  gold  and  silver  ores  of  Nevada.  These  are  very 
diverse  in  appearance  and  from  widely  separated  parts  of  the 
state.  The  Comstock  lode  ores  are  represented  by  some  fifty 
specimens. 

A series  of  gold  and  silver  ores  from  western  Montana,  in- 
cluding Butte  and  the  several  mining  districts  of  eastern  and 
southern  Idaho. 

A very  diversified  series  of  ores  of  both  gold  and  silver  from 
Utah.  These  include  the  brilliantly  colored  ores  of  Mercur  and 
the  peculiar  fossiliferous  sandstone  from  Silver  Reef. 

A collection  of  gold  ores  from  the  Black  Hills,  South  Dakota, 
presents  a good  example  of  the  great  variety  of  gold  ores  which 
may  occur  in  a limited  area.  Compare,  for  example,  the  ore 
from  the  Homestake  mine  with  that  from  the  Holy  Terror,  which 
again  is  wholly  different  from  that  of  the  Golden  Reward  mine. 
In  Hall  79  may  be  seen  ores  of  yet  different  characters  from  this 
region,  some  carrying  tin,  tungsten,  etc. 

The  gold  and  silver  mining  districts  of  Colorado  are  repre- 
sented by  more  than  500  specimens,  grouped  according  to  the 
mining  districts  in  which  they  occur.  The  great  variety  of  these 
ores  is  well  illustrated.  Cripple  Creek  gold  ores,  on  account  of 
their  unusual  character,  are  illustrated  by  numerous  specimens 
both  of  the  ore  and  the  rocks  in  which  it  is  found. 

A series  of  ores  from  New  Mexico  presents  chiefly  lead-silver 
ores,  among  which  the  galena  from  the  Hillsboro  region,  and 
the  “carbonate”  lead-silver  ore  and  galena  of  the  Magdalena 
mountains,  are  prominent.  Ores  of  other  classes  including 
those  of  silver-copper  from  the  northern  part  of  the  territory  and 
various  types  of  gold-silver  ores  from  the  Gallinas  mountains 
are  also  represented. 

The  series  from  Arizona  includes  sufficient  silver-copper  and 
gold-copper  ores  to  present  somewhat  the  appearance  of  a col- 
lection of  copper  ores.  With  the  ores  from  the  Tombstone  re- 
gion are  a series  of  the  rocks  of  the  district  among  which  the  ores 
occur. 

The  ores  of  the  Appalachian  mountains  of  Ontario,  including 
Cobalt,  and  of  Nova  Scotia  are  installed  in  one  series.  They 
are,  in  general,  except  those  from  Ontario,  gold  ores  with  but 
little  silver  and  consist  of  quartz  or  quartz  and  pyrite.  These 
gold  ores  were  the  first  exploited  in  the  United  States.  They 


56  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


were  nearly  all  abandoned  at  the  time  of  the  discovery  of  gold 
in  California  and  have  never  regained  their  earlier  importance. 

The  series  of  Mexican  ores  includes  representative  speci- 
mens of  ore  from  all  the  gold  and  silver  mining  states  of  that 
Republic,  accompanied,  in  the  case  of  the  more  important  dis- 
tricts, by  specimens  of  the  country  rock.  The  collection  is  es- 
pecially interesting  as  showing  the  association  of  the  ores  with 
eruptive  rocks  such  as  are  characteristic  of  most  of  the  richest 
silver  deposits  of  the  world. 

The  series  of  ores  representing  South  America  is  composed 
chiefly  of  specimens  from  Colombia,  Ecuador,  Brazil,  and  Vene- 
zuela. The  collection  of  Colombian  ores  is  especially  complete 
and  includes  typical  specimens  of  ores,  gangues  and  rocks  from 
practically  all  the  mining  districts  of  that  country.  This  region 
was  the  ancient  “El  Dorado,”  or  land  of  gold,  from  which  came 
the  first  important  yield  of  gold  in  the  New  World,  and  of  which 
many  wonderful  stories  were  circulated. 

The  collections  representing  the  ores  of  Australia  consist 
principally  of  silver-lead  and  silver-copper  ores.  Many  of  the 
specimens  are  too  large  for  the  serial  cases,  and  should  be  sought 
in  the  large  center  cases  and  pedestals. 

The  series  of  ores  from  Great  Britain  consists  of  lead-silver 
ores  and  gold  ores.  The  lead-silver  ores  illustrate  well  some  of 
the  common  associations  of  galena.  Galena  is  commonly  asso- 
ciated with  pyrite,  but  here  we  find  it  mixed  with  blende,  a zinc 
ore  which  is  very  troublesome  to  the  lead  smelters.  Specimens 
from  the  Welsh  mines  which  contain  much  blende  are  marked 
“Poor  Ground.”  A good  specimen  of  fluorite  shown  here,  illus- 
:;rates  another  common  associate  of  galena  in  the  English  mines, 
as  do  also  the  specimens  of  calcite  and  galena.  Some  of  these 
ores,  as  for  example  that  of  Snail  Beach,  are  from  mines  formerly 
worked  by  the  Romans.  Note  the  general  absence  of  “carbon- 
ates,” and  the  fresh,  undecomposed  appearance  of  the  specimens. 
This  is  also  true  of  the  Spanish  and  German  ores.  Carbonate 
and  disintegrated  ores  occur  near  the  surface  where  air  and  at- 
mospheric waters  have  acted  and  formed  them  from  the  sul- 
phides. These  mines  having  been  long  worked,  most  of  the 
superficial  ores  have  been  removed,  so  that  now  only  the  sulphide 
ores  occurring  at  great  depths  are  mined. 

Gold  ores  from  Great  Britain  are  represented  by  specimens 
from  a single  Welsh  mine.  This  series  from  the  New  Morgan 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY 


57 


mine,  Dolgelly',  Wales,  is  worthy  of  special  attention  both  on 
account  of  its  completeness  and  of  the  character  of  the  ore. 
The  gold  is  nearly  all  free,  and  much  of  it  is  visible  to  the  eye. 
Specimens  of  ores  from  various  parts  of  the  mine  are  shown,  also 
specimens  of  the  country  rock. 

The  silver  ores  of  Greece  are  represented  by  a unique  series 
from  Laurium,  including  slags  left  by  the  ancient  smelters  which 
are  now  mined  and  smelted  anew.  The  mines  of  this  locality  had 
been  operated  by  the  Greeks  from  before  the  time  of  Themistocles 
up  to  the  first  century,  A.  D.  Owing  to  the  imperfect  methods 
used,  however,  the  slags  produced  retained  appreciable  quan- 
tities of  metal.  A modem  company,  collecting  these  slags  and 
using  them  as  ores,  extracts  sufficient  lead  and  silver  to  yield  a 
profit. 

A series  of  lead-silver  ores  from  Germany  is  especially  instruc- 
tive, as  it  shows  the  characteristic  structure  of  veins.  The 
different  minerals  are  arranged  in  bands  or  layers  and  the  metal- 
liferous layers  alternate  with  those  of  quartz,  barite,  or  fluor  spar. 

African  localities  are  represented  by  the  banket  of  the 
Transvaal,  and  ores  from  various  parts  of  Rhodesia. 

Several  series  of  metallurgical  products  illustrate  the  extrac- 
tion of  gold,  silver,  lead,  and  copper  from  their  ores.  Out  of  a 
multitude  of  processes  used,  eight  of  the  more^  typical  ones  are 
illustrated.  In  general,  the  extraction  is  carried  on  by  a series 
of  operations.  On  one  side  of  the  case  is  placed  the  ore,  and 
lines  are  drawn  from  it  to  specimens  of  the  materials  formed 
from  it  by  the  first  operation  of  extraction.  From  each  of  these 
specimens  lines  are  likewise  drawn  to  specimens  of  the  substances 
formed  from  them  in  subsequent  operations,  and  so  on  until  the 
final  products  are  shown.  It  is  thus  possible  for  the  visitor  to 
follow  readily  each  step  of  the  operation.  The  processes  illus- 
trated are: 

I.  Copper  smelting  by  the  reverberatory  furnace  and  by 
the  blast  furnace.  Out  of  many  processes  in  use  two  have  been 
selected;  (a)  The  antiquated  but  classical  “Swansea”  method, 
or  reverberatory  process,  as  formerly  in  use  in  Wales.  (6)  A 
modem  combination  of  blast  furnace  and  reverberatory  pro- 
cess, as  conducted  in  Omaha,  Nebraska.  There  are  a multi- 
tude of  other  processes  adapted  to  different  ores  and  conditions 
of  labor,  supplies,  etc.,  but  these  two  illustrate  the  underlying 
principles. 


58  FIKLD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


2.  The  cyanide  process  for  the  extraction  of  gold  from  low 
grade  ore  as  carried  out  at  Mercur,  Utah.  This  process  depends 
upon  the  solution  of  the  gold  from  the  ore  by  a dilute  solution 
of  cyanide  of  potassium  and  precipitation  by  metallic  zinc. 
The  case  also  contains  a collection  of  concentrates  from  gold  and 
silver  ores,  illustrating  the  process  of  enriching  ores  before  smelt- 
ing by  the  removal  of  much  of  the  worthless  material  by  me- 
chanical means. 

3.  Extraction  of  gold  as  practised  at  the  Argo  Smelter, 
Colorado.  This  is  a type  of  the  processes  where  the  gold  is  col- 
lected in  copper  by  smelting  and  then  isolated  by  a process  of 
leaching  or  solution. 

4.  Extraction  of  lead  and  silver  by  the  reverberatory  pro- 
cess and  by  the  blast  furnace  process.  These  do  not  represent 
the  process  of  any  particular  smelter,  but  rather  are  generalized 
forms  of  the  two  most  important  smelting  processes. 

5.  Extraction  of  silver  and  lead  as  practised  in  the  Unter- 
harz,  Germany.  By  following  the  labels  it  will  be  seen  that  this 
apparently  complicated  process  is  resolved  into  the  frequent 
repetition  of  comparatively  few  operations. 

6.  Extraction  of  gold,  silver,  lead,  and  copper  as  prac- 
tised in  the  Oberharz,  Germany.  As  AHth  the  preceding  process 
the  apparent  complexit}^  is  due  to  man}^  repetitions  of  a few 
processes. 

]\Iany  specimens  too  large  to  be  installed  in  their  proper  geo- 
graphical order  may  be  found  in  special  cases  and  upon  pedes- 
tals. These  serve  to  give  a truer  idea  of  the  appearance  of  the 
ores  than  the  smaller  specimens.  They  include: 

Silver,  lead,  and  copper  ore,  Cordillera  Hill  silver  mine,  Peel- 
wood,  Xew  South  Wales. 

Gold  and  silver  ore,  British  Columbia. 

Gold  ore.  A group  of  large  specimens  from  various  localities. 

Zinc-lead  ore,  Laurium,  Greece. 

Copper-silver  ore,  Leadville,  Colorado. 

Group  of  large  specimens  of  gold  ores  from  American  locali- 
ties. 

Gold-copper-silver  ore,  Ouray  county,  Colorado. 

Auriferous  quartz,  San  Miguel  county,  Colorado. 

Group  of  large  specimens  of  refractory  gold  ores. 

Block  of  ore  from  the  forty-foot  level  of  the  Back  Creek  sil- 
ver and  gold  mine.  New  South  Wales. 


Ores  of  the  Base  Metals 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY 


S9 


Gold  ore,  Alma,  Park  county,  Colorado. 

A collection  of  nearly  all  the  known  alloys  of  gold  and  silver 
with  other  metals  is  shown.  It  contains  polished  plates  of  each 
alloy  with  specimens  of  the  materials  of  which  it  is  composed 
placed  beside  it.  The  color  of  rings  or  other  articles  of  jewelry 
may  be  compared  here  with  gold  plates  of  the  different  degrees 
of  fineness. 

A collection  illustrating  methods  of  saving  gold  and  silver 
practised  by  Tiffany  and  Company,  New  York,  is  also  shown. 
It  includes  wash  water,  concentrates  from  an  exhaust  blower 
that  collects  the  dust  of  the  shops,  pieces  of  flooring  of  the  shops, 
and  shoes  worn  by  workmen.  Beside  each  of  these  are  placed 
buttons  of  gold  and  silver  obtained  from  articles  of  size  similar 
to  those  shown. 

Hall  77. 

WEST  DOME. 

Beneath  the  center  of  the  dome  stands  a statistical  column 
giving  the  bulk  of  each  product  of  the  mines  of  the  United  States, 
in  1892,  for  one  second  of  time.  Multiplying  this  by  the  num- 
ber of  seconds  in  a year  (31,536,000)  will  give  the  annual  pro- 
duct. This  column  was  built  according  to  data  given  by  the 
United  States  Geological  Survey.  In  the  four  niches  are  pyra- 
mids of  ore,  containing  respectively  gold  and  silver  ores;  tin 
ores;  iron  ores;  copper  ores. 

The  four  large  specimens  surrounding  the  column  are  re- 
spectively: Iron  ore;  silver  ore;  iron  ore;  nickel  ore 

This  hall  also  contains  collections  of  lead  ores  as  distinguished 
from  lead-silver  ores.  These  as  represented  come  mainly  from 
the  Mississippi  valley.  Here  are  installed  also  many  lead-silver 
ores  similar  to  those  in  Hall  72. 

Hall  79. 

Frederick  J.  V.  Skiff  Hall. 

ORES  OF  THE  BASE  METALS. 

The  collections  in  this  hall  comprise  ores  of  iron,  copper,  tin, 
zinc,  nickel,  manganese,  mercury,  and  antimony,  together  with 
various  metals  and  metalloids  of  minor  importance.  The  ores 
of  each  metal  are  grouped  together. 

Under  each  group  are  placed  type  specimens  of  the  different 


6o  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


ores  of  the  metal  arranged  in  order  of  their  richness.  Each  of 
these  is  accompanied  by  a group  of  the  materials  of  which  the 
specimen  is  composed,  so  arranged  as  to  show  plainly  the  com- 
position of  the  specimen.  With  the  type  specimens  and  making 
up  the  bulk  of  the  collection  are  shown  specimens  of  ore  from 
different  localities  arranged  in  geographical  order.  Specimen 
labels  show  the  mineral  of  the  ore  and  the  amount  of  metal  con- 
tained, where  this  is  known.  It  should  be  remembered  that 
many  of  the  ores  produce  more  than  one  metal,  in  which  case 
the  specimen  is  placed  in  the  group  of  the  predominating  metal. 

Entering  the  hall  from  the  West  Dome,  the  visitor  should 
keep  to  the  left,  following  along  the  walls  until  the  starting  point 
is  reached,  when  the  large  specimens  along  the  center  of  the  hall 
may  be  examined. 

Upon  the  walls  are  three  relief  maps  of  the  United  States 
illustrating  respectively  the  distribution  of  copper,  zinc,  and 
iron  ores.  The  location  of  an  ore  deposit  is  represented  by  a 
specimen  of  the  actual  ore  placed  in  proper  position  on  the  map. 
As  the  mountains  are  represented  in  relief  upon  these  maps,  the 
relationship  of  the  different  kinds  of  ore  to  the  relief  of  the  land 
becomes  evident  and  may  be  profitably  studied. 

COPPER. 

Entering  the  hall  from  the  West  Dome,  the  copper  ores  are 
to  the  left.  They  fill  six  wall  cases  and  the  two  adjacent  floor 
cases.  The  first  wall  case  contains  the  copper-bearing  minerals 
arranged  in  the  order  of  their  richness. 

On  the  lower  shelves  of  this  case  is  a collection  of  the  copper 
ores  of  the  Appalachian  mountains. 

The  following  wall  case  contains  a collection  of  native  copper 
and  silver  and  the  minerals  which  are  associated  with  the  cop- 
per of  northern  Michigan.  The  crystallized  copper  and  the 
calcites  are  especially  noteworthy. 

The  two  following  wall  cases,  in  the  northwest  corner,  con- 
tain copper  ores  from  the  western  United  States,  chiefly  the 
Rocky  Mountains.  The  copper  ores  of  this  region  usually  carry 
gold  or  silver,  and  many  localities  producing  a very  consider- 
able output  of  copper  are  represented  among  the  gold  ores  of 
Hall  72. 

Immediately  in  front  of  these  cases  are  two  table  cases  with 
large  specimens  of  the  copper  ore  from  Keweenaw  Point,  north- 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY 


6i 


ern  Michigan.  In  these  ores  the  copper  exists  as  nodules  of 
free  metal,  which  may  be  seen  projecting  from  the  enclosing 
rock  matrix.  With  these  are  placed  large  specimens  of  Arizona 
ore  of  a similar  nature. 

Returning  to  the  wall  cases  the  visitor  may  inspect  next 
foreign  copper  ores  contained  in  two  cases.  Those  of  Great 
Britain,  chiefly  from  Cornwall  and  Wales,  have  been  worked 
from  the  time  of  the  Phoenicians.  Those  from  Germany, 
which  also  represent  mines  of  great  antiquity,  should  be  stud- 
ied in  connection  with  zinc,  silver,  and  lead  ores  from  the  same 


The  six  cases  along  the  wall  from  the  last  of  the  copper  ores 
to  the  entrance  to  Hall  63  contain  the  zinc  ores,  which  will  be 
encountered  in  a geographical  order  which  is  the  reverse  of 
that  of  the  copper  ores;  that  is,  the  foreign  ores  come  first  and 
the  American  after.  Three  immediately  adjacent  floor  cases 
contain  the  larger  and  choicer  specimens.  With  the  zinc  ores 
are  placed  the  ores  of  the  allied  but  little  used  metal,  cadmium. 

The  wall  case  nearest  the  copper  ores  contains  foreign  zinc 
ores,  of  which  the  most  important  represented  in  the  collection 
are  the  English  and  Welsh,  the  Greek  and  the  Spanish.  The 
original  “black  jack”  of  the  Welsh  miners  is  here  represented 
and  may  be  profitably  compared  with  the  ordinary  yellow  and 
brown  blendes,  which  are  often  miscalled  black  jack  in  this 
country.  Immediately  in  front  of  this  case  are  two  floor  cases, 
one  of  German  zinc-lead  ores,  which  should  be  studied  in  connec- 
tion with  the  German  ores  of  other  metals,  shown  elsewhere. 
The  other  floor  case  contains  choice  examples  of  the  zinc  ores  of 
Laurium,  Greece,  which  have  long  been  famous  for  their  varieties 
of  color  and  richness  of  lustre,  making  them  very  attractive  to 
the  eye.  They  are  chiefly  the  carbonate,  smithsonite. 

Additional  Spanish  zinc  ores  occupy  the  bay  of  another  wall 
case,  the  upper  part  of  which  contains  the  zinc  ores  of  Arkansas. 
The  great  purity  and  richness  of  the  Amercian  zinc  ores,  as 
compared  with  the  foreign,  is  at  once  apparent,  even  on  casual 
inspection,  and  this  high  quality  will  be  noted  in  all  the  suc- 
ceeding cases  which  contain  American  ores.  In  this  case  there 
is  a collection  of  the  final,  intermediate,  and  by-products  of  the 
smelting  of  zinc  ores  as  carried  out  at  La  Salle,  Illinois.  Follow- 
ing the  Arkansas  ores  are  two  cases  of  zinc  ores  from  Missouri, 


62  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 

the  principal  zinc  producing  state.  Included  with  these  are  the 
Kansas  ores,  which  form  a continuation  of  the  same  deposits. 

With  the  Missouri  ores  are  shown  ores  from  the  similar  de- 
posits Oi  Wisconsin  and  western  Illinois.  These  ores  appear 
darker  than  those  of  Missouri,  owing  to  the  enclosure  of  bitum- 
inous matter.  Another  visible  difference  is  in  the  frequent  flat 
or  tabular  form  of  the  Wisconsin  ores  and  the  presence  of  larger 
quantities  of  sulphides  of  iron.  Large  specimens  of  Missouri 
ores  are  in  an  adjacent  floor  case. 

Following  the  Missouri  zinc  ores  come  those  of  the  south- 
eastern and  south-central  states.  The  Virginia  and  Tennesse 
ores  are  not  essentially  different  from  those  of  the  ordinary  type 
of  zinc  ores,  while  the  deposits  of  southern  Illinois,  Kentucky, 
and  New  Jersey  are  decidedly  unique. 

With  the  specimens  from  New  Jersey  there  is  a collection 
of  those  zinc-bearing  minerals  which  occur  in  sufficient  abund- 
ance to  be  of  value  as  ores. 

The  three  cases  across  the  entrance  to  Hall  63  from  the  zinc 
ores,  contain  ores  of  mercury  and  of  various  metals  and  metal- 
loids of  lesser  importanec. 

MERCURY. 

The  first  case  to  the  right  of  the  entrance  contains  a series 
of  ores  bearing  mercury  and  cinnabar,  with  the  rocks  associated 
with  them,  from  many  localities.  Mercury  ores  from  Alaska, 
California,  Russia,  Mexico,  and  the  United  States  of  Colombia, 
are  shown. 

The  larger  number  of  specimens  represent  the  well-known 
Spanish  mines.  A large  iron  flask,  sealed  with  a leaden  seal, 
represents  the  package  in  which  mercury  is  ordinarily  sold. 

The  following  case  contains  ores  of  metals  and  metalloids  of 
minor  importance.  These  include  ores  of  bismuth,  molyb- 
denum, uranium,  wolfram,  chromium,  and  certain  rare  elements. 

ANTIMONY  AND  ARSENIC. 

The  third  case  from  the  entrance  of  Hall  63  contains  ores  of 
antimony  and  arsenic. 

Specimens  of  stibnite,  the  common  antimony  ore,  are  shown 
from  various  localities  in  Japan,  California,  New  South  Wales, 
United  States  of  Colombia,  and  Greece.  Nearly  all  these  speci- 
mens carry  an  appreciable  percentage  of  gold.  With  the  stib- 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY 


63 


nite  are  examples  of  rarer  oxidized  ores  of  antimony,  valen- 
tinite,  etc.  Ingot  antimony  and  products  of  smelting  stibnite 
are  also  shown. 

Arsenic  ores  shown  here  include  the  sulpharsenide  of  iron, 
leucopyrite.  Much  of  the  arsenic  of  commerce  comes  as  a by- 
product from  gold  or  other  ores.  One  such  by-product  is  the 
arsenical  flue  dust  from  treating  the  silver-lead  ores  of  Laurium, 
Greece,  in  which  distinct  crystals  of  the  oxide  or  “white  arsenic” 
are  plainly  visible. 

Following  the  antimony  and  arsenic  ores  is  a case  of  ores 
of  nickel,  cobalt,  and  aluminum. 

NICKEL,  COBALT  AND  ALUMINUM. 

A series  of  specimens  of  nickel  and  cobalt -bearing  minerals 
is  arranged  in  the  order  of  their  richness. 

A collection  of  nickel  and  cobalt  ores  from  the  important 
deposits  of  these  metals  is  shown.  The  most  important  ores 
are  two:  (i)  the  sulphide  of  iron,  pyrrhotite,  which,  in  some 
localities,  carries  minute  inclusions  of  the  sulphide  of  nickel, 
pentlandite;  (2)  the  apple-green  silicate  garnierite. 

Nickel  and  cobalt  ores  fom  Canada,  New  Caledonia,  and 
Norway,  which  are  the  important  producing  countries,  also 
nickel  and  cobalt  ores  from  Oregon,  Missouri,  and  other  minor 
localities,  are  shown.  In  the  floor  case  opposite  are  larger  ex- 
amples of  nickel  ores  and  arsenic  ores.  This  wall  case  also 
contains  a series  of  minerals  carrying  aluminum  in  such  form  and 
quantity  that  it  may  be  profitably  extracted.  These  include 
the  present  universal  aluminum  ore,  beauxite,  and  some  min- 
erals from  which  aluminum  may  be  smelted  in  the  near  future. 

TIN. 

Tin  ores  from  South  Dakota,  New  South  Wales,  Mexico,  and 
Alaska,  together  with  a nearly  complete  collection  of  the  ores 
and  rocks  of  the  well-known  tin  mines  of  Cornwall,  which  have 
been  worked  from  the  beginning  of  history,  are  shown. 

The  process  of  reduction  of  tin  ores  to  metal  is  illustrated  by 
specimens  from  the  Redruth  Smelting  Company  of  Cornwall. 

Other  examples  of  tin  ore  may  be  seen  in  the  West  Dome. 

Following  the  tin  ore  is  a case  of  manganese  ores. 

MANGANESE. 

A collection  of  minerals  carrying  manganese  in  commer- 


64  FIELD  MUSEUM  OE  NATURAL  HISTORY 


cially  available  quantities,  is  shown,  also  ores  of  manganese 
from  many  important  mining  districts.  Especially  to  be  noted 
are  the  ores  from  Santiago  de  Cuba,  which  are  typical,  and  those 
from  Xew  Jersey,  which  are  unique  in  mineralogical  character. 
Polished  specimens  of  rhodonite  from  England,  illustrate  an 
occurrence  utilized  both  as  manganese  ore  and  for  ornament. 

In  the  two  adjacent  floor  cases  are  large  specimens  of  man- 
ganese ores. 

IRON. 

Iron  ores  fill  six  wall  cases  and  two  floor  cases. 

The  case  following  the  manganese  ores  contains  iron  ores 
of  South  America  and  Mexico.  A full  collection  of  iron  ores  and 
surrounding  rocks  of  the  Cerro  Mercado  or  Iron  Mountain,  of 
Durango,  Mexico,  shown  here,  illustrates  a valuable  occurrence 
of  an  important  but  little  understood  type  of  iron-ore  deposit. 
Large  specimens  of  a specular  hematite  from  the  state  of  Minas 
Geraes,  Brazil,  in  the  lower  portion  of  the  case,  illustrate  a 
micaceous  hematite  of  world -wide  distribution.  Many  of  the  ores 
in  this  case  are  from  deposits  almost  unknown  to  the  world  at  large. 

Foreign  Iron  Ores.  — The  most  instructive  specimens  in  this 
case  are  a complete  collection  of  the  ores  and  surrounding  rocks 
from  two  iron  ore  deposits  of  eastern  Russia.  Better  known 
ores  represented  here  are  those  from  England  and  Sweden. 
Conspicuous  among  the  English  ores  here  illustrated  are  the 
ochres,  which  are  mixtures  of  limonite  or  hematite  with  clay; 
the  soft,  bright  red  hematites  which  occur  in  limestone,  and  the 
compact,  spathic  ore  of  the  coal  measures.  German  ores  show 
more  fibrous  hematites  and  limonites  and  the  well  crystallized 
“sparry”  siderite. 

Domestic  Iron  Ores.  — Following  the  foreign  ores  are  three 
cases  of  iron  ore  from  the  Lake  Superior  region.  The  ores  in 
these  three  cases  are  from  the  most  important  iron  ore  mines  of 
the  world.  It  is  to  the  proximity  of  these  remarkably  rich  and 
pure  ores  that  Chicago  owes  its  present  importance  in  the  iron 
and  steel  industry.  The  ores  are  arranged  in  the  cases  under  the 
several  “ranges”  as  the  iron  mining  districts  around  Lake  Supe- 
rior are  termed.  While  similar  in  many  respects,  differences 
between  the  ores  of  the  several  ranges  may  be  noted  even  in  the 
small  specimens  here  shown.  Specimens  of  a local  magnetic 
iron  sand  are  worthy  of  attention  as  coming  from  the  im- 
mediate vicinity  of  Chicago. 


DEPARTMENT  OE  GEOLOGY 


65 


The  cases  following  the  ores  of  the  Great  Lakes  region  con- 
tain iron  ores  of  the  Eastern  States.  These  are  here  represented 
largely  by  limonites  and  hematites  from  Virginia  and  the  im- 
portant southern  districts  near  Birmingham  and  Sheffield,  Ala- 
bama. Magnetic  ores  from  New  York,  New  Jersey,  and  North 
Carolina  represent  another  important  class  of  eastern  ores. 

The  last  wall  case  contains  types  of  iron  ores.  Each  of  the 
mineralogically  different  ores  of  iron  appears  here  in  many 
forms,  giving  rise  to  numerous  sub-classes  of  iron  ores. 

Opposite  the  wall  cases  of  iron  ores,  two  floor  cases  contain 
larger  specimens  of  various  ores,  of  which  the  magnetites  and 
hematites  of  Sweden  are  especially  noteworthy. 

The  visitor  should  now  proceed  along  the  center  of  the  hall 
and  examine  the  large  specimens  showing  the  appearance  of 
large  masses  of  ore  as  actually  met  with  in  the  mines. 

The  first  specimen  is  a mass  of  zinc  ore  (smithsonite), 
weighing  five  tons,  from  Marion  county,  Arkansas,  showing 
botryoidal  forms  not  unusual  in  ores  which  are,  like  this,  of  sec- 
ondary origin. 

Passing  this,  the  tall  case  to  the  left  contains  bornite,  a cop- 
per ore  from  Griqualand,  South  Africa.  The  iridescent  tarnish 
which  characterizes  this  ore  is  exceptionally  well  shown  in  this 
specimen. 

To  the  right  stands  another  tall  case  containing  a mass  of  red 
hematite  from  the  Hart  mines,  Laramie  county,  Wyoming,  one 
of  the  most  largely  used  of  western  iron  ores. 

Passing  these  two  cases,  a case  standing  in  the  center  of  the 
hall  is  next  encountered.  This  contains  a collection  of  the  green 
and  blue  copper  ores,  malachite  and  azurite,  from  the  Copper 
Queen  mine  of  Bisbee,  Arizona,  a locality  which  has  long  been 
famed  for  the  beauty  of  its  ores. 

Beyond  this  are  two  cases,  of  which  the  one  to  the  left  con- 
tains a large  block  of  lead-zinc  ore  from  Laurium,  Greece,  while 
that  to  the  right  contains  the  green  nickel  and  magnesium  sili- 
cate, garnierite,  which  is  a well-known  nickel  ore  from  New  Cale- 
donia. 

Passing  these,  the  last  specimen,  directly  opposite  the  en- 
trance to  Hall  63,  is  a mass  of  nickel  and  copper  ore  weighing 
six  tons,  taken  from  175  feet  below  ground  in  the  third  level  of 
the  Stobie  mine,  Sudbury,  Ontario. 


66  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


Hall  78. 

SALTS  OF  THE  ALKALIES  AND  ALKALINE 
EARTHS. 

These  include  besides  salt  and  similar  compounds  such  min- 
erals as  asbestos  and  mica.  Here  belong  also  the  borates,  phos- 
phates, etc.,  which  occur  in  nature  chiefly  in  combination  with 
lime  or  soda.  Besides  the  alkali  and  alkali-earth  compounds, 
sulphur  and  abrasives  may  be  found  in  this  hall  as  well  as  var- 
ious minerals  of  special  or  limited  use. 

The  series  of  abrasive  and  polishing  materials  exhibited  in- 
cludes specimens  of  corundum,  emery,  garnet,  and  quartz. 
These  are  the  more  important  minerals  used  for  rapid  grinding 
and  are  illustrated  by  specimens  from  many  localities.  The 
rocks  and  minerals  associated  with  the  emery  are  characteristic 
and  should  be  examined  in  connection  with  the  emery  itself. 

For  more  delicate  work  and  for  polishing  are  shown  speci- 
mens of  pumice,  tripoli,  siliceous  chalk,  and  similar  materials, 
which  are  in  general  softer  than  the  rapid  grinding  materials. 

Agate,  hematite,  and  flint  are  shown  as  examples  of  burnish- 
ing materials  used  to  produce  a very  high  polish  on  metallic 
surfaces. 

Whetstones  are  represented  by  specimens  of  great  variety 
in  mineralogical  composition  ranging  from  a siliceous,  fine- 
grained shale  to  gneiss  and  mica  schist. 

The  great  variety  of  substances  adapted  to  grinding  and  pol- 
ishing is  well  illustrated  here. 

Artificial  abrasives  are  represented  by  carborundum,  artifi- 
cial corundum,  and  several  substances  of  lesser  importance. 

Borax  minerals  and  products  form  one  large  series.  The 
minerals  shown  are  borates  of  lime  and  soda.  Other  boron 
compounds  such  as  tourmaline,  while  of  fairly  common  occur- 
rence, are  not  sufficiently  rich  in  borax  to  be  of  economic  value 
as  a source  of  this  material  and  do  not  appear  in  this  series. 
Boron  compounds  of  use  in  the  arts  and  in  medicine  are  illus- 
trated by  boric  acid  and  the  several  forms  of  borate  of  soda  or 
common  borax.  A boride  of  iron  shown  is  representative  of  a 
series  of  boron  compounds  of  recent  introduction  to  the  metal- 
lurgical industry. 

A large  series  of  the  compounds  of  the  alkaline  earths,  that 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY 


67 


is,  of  lime,  baryta,  and  strontia  includes  materials  of  varying 
values  and  properties.  With  them  are  placed  also  the  com- 
pounds of  magnesia. 

Fluorite,  which  is  characterized  by  the  frequent  occurrence 
of  large  crystals  and  brilliant  colors,  is  here  illustrated  princi- 
pally by  the  duller  and  more  massive  specimens  of  industrial 
value.  This  mineral  is  mined  in  large  quantities  for  use  as  a 
flux  and  in  the  compounding  of  glazes,  enamels,  opaque  glass, 
and  similar  materials.  Minor  uses  and  the  chemical  indus- 
tries also  consume  considerable  quantities. 

Magnesite,  the  carbonate  of  magnesium,  is  represented  by  a 
small  number  of  specimens,  as  it  occurs  in  but  few  places,  in 
which,  however,  it  is  extensively  mined  for  its  use  as  fire-resist- 
ing material,  tiles,  artificial  marble,  and  even  carbonic  acid. 
Native  epsom  salt,  sulphate  of  magnesia,  from  several  locahties, 
is  also  shown.  Barite,  the  sulphate  of  barium,  is  represented 
by  a series  of  specimens  from  many  localities.  The  large  series 
of  crystals  of  this  mineral  shown  is  exceptional,  as  the  massive 
form  is  usual  in  deposits  of  economic  value.  This  material  is 
largely  ground  for  paint.  The  carbonate  of  barium,  witherite, 
and  strontianite,  the  sulphate  of  strontia,  useful  for  colored  fire 
and  for  sugar  refining,  are  included  here. 

Common  salt  is  represented  by  a large  series  of  specimens 
both  of  the  crude  salt  and  of  the  forms  in  which  it  is  prepared 
for  the  market  in  different  parts  of  the  world.  A large  series  of 
African  salt  is  included  here. 

Lithia  compounds  are  represented  by  a large  group  of  its  ore, 
lepidolite,  with  an  associated  bright  red  tourmaline,  rubelHte, 
and  also  by  its  other  common  ore,  spodumene,  from  various 
localities. 

Miscellaneous  soda -bearing  minerals  are  represented  by  a 
series  of  specimens  including  natural  carbonate  of  soda  of  sev- 
eral varieties  from  different  localities,  and  natural  sulphate  of 
soda.  The  fluoride  of  soda  and  aluminum,  cryolite,  and  its  uses, 
is  represented  by  a complete  series  of  specimens  showing  all 
stages  of  manufacture  from  the  crude  mineral  to  ordinary  and 
caustic  soda,  alumina  and  alum. 

An  unusually  large  and  complete  collection  is  that  of  the 
“Stassfurt  Salts”  which  are  soluble  compounds  of  potash  and 
magnesia  from  which  nearly  the  whole  of  the  world’s  supply  of 
potash  is  drawn.  With  these  are  shown  the  more  important 
potash  compounds  which  are  made  from  them. 


68  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


Native  alum  from  various  localities  and  alunite  from  which 
alum  is  extracted  represent  another  class  of  minerals  of  some 
economic  importance. 

Nitrates  are  represented  by  several  varieties  of  the  soda  nitre 
of  Chili  and  by  cave  earths  from  caves  in  various  parts  of  the 
world. 

Mica  is  represented  by  a series  of  specimens  mainly  from 
American  and  Russian  quarries.  Besides  thin  plates  of  mica 
of  the  best  quality  specimens  of  low  grade  material  enable  the 
visitor  to  note  the  difference  between  the  ordinary  micas  and  the 
more  valuable  kinds.  The  rocks  in  which  mica  occurs  are  also 
shown. 

Asbestus  is  represented  by  two  series,  one  of  crude  mineral 
and  one  illustrating  its  uses.  These  specimens  are  of  asbestus  as 
mined  and  are  not  confined  to  the  commercially  valuable  ma- 
terial. Consequently  all  stages  between  a merely  compact  but 
somewhat  columnar  tremolite  and  the  finely  fibrous,  flexible 
asbestus  of  the  best  quality  may  be  traced  through  these  speci- 
mens. 

Phosphates  are  represented  by  a large  series  of  specimens 
classified  as  Mineral  phosphates,  Rock  phosphates,  and  Guanos. 
The  principal  localities  represented  are  Tennessee,  Carolina, 
Florida,  Russia,  Spain,  Venezuela,  and  Cuba. 

Gypsum  is  represented  by  a separate  collection  of  specimens 
from  many  parts  of  the  world,  including  the  coarser  kinds  mined 
for  land  plaster,  plaster-of-Paris,  wall  plaster,  etc.,  and  the  finer 
varieties,  selenite,  alabaster,  and  satin  spar,  quarried  for  orna- 
mental purposes. 

Native  sulphur  and  those  metallic  sulphides  from  which 
sulphur  is  regularly  extracted  form  a single  collection.  With 
these  specimens  is  a series  illustrating  the  various  forms  in  which 
sulphur  reaches  the  market. 

Processes  for  the  manufacture  of  soda  are  illustrated  by 
three  collections.  One  shows  the  Leblanc  process,  all  stages  of 
which  are  illustrated  by  specimens  of  the  raw,  intermediate,  and 
final  products.  The  relations  of  the  various  products  to  each 
other  are  indicated  by  connecting  lines. 

The  ammonia  process  is  fully  illustrated  by  a series  of  the 
raw  materials,  intermediate  and  final  products  being  so  ar- 
ranged that  the  process  may  be  followed  step  by  step.  The 
electrolytic  process  is  illustrated  in  the  same  manner. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY 


69 


Hall  32. 

H.  N.  Higinbotham  Hall. 

GEMS  AND  JEWELS. 

The  collection  of  gems  and  precious  stones  that,  during  the 
World’s  Columbian  Exposition,  attracted  so  much  attention  at 
the  Tiffany  pavilion  in  the  Manufactures  Building,  and  in  the 
gallery  of  the  Mines  and  Mining  Building,  occupies  the  central 
cases  in  this  hall.  It  is  one  of  the  most  complete  collections 
in  existence,  for  it  contains  nearly  every  known  gem  or  precious 
stone,  in  the  finest  cut  examples,  as  well  as  crystals,  cleavages 
or  rolled  grains,  always  of  gem  value.  Many  of  the  objects  in 
the  collection  are  of  historical  interest  and  w^orld-wide  reputation. 

Case  i. — Handsome  objects  made  of  rhodonite,  jasper,  and 
varieties  of  rare  gem  stones  found  in  the  Ural  mountains,  Asiatic 
Russia.  Prominent  objects  are  a rhodonite  jewel  casket,  rho- 
donite ink  stand,  two  rhodonite  coupes  of  rare  markings,  with 
jasper  bases.  Rhodonite  is  a favorite  stone  with  the  imperial 
family  of  Russia. 

Three  fruit  pieces  of  realistic  effect  made  at  Ekaterinburg, 
Asiatic  Russia,  composed  of  the  following  hard  and  rare  gem 
stones  found  in  the  Ural  mountains:  Raspberries  of  rhodonite, 
blackberries  of  amethyst,  white  currants  of  chalcedony,  plums 
of  onyx  and  sard,  mulberries  of  citrine,  black  currants  of  onyx 
and  red  currants  of  sard.  The  bases  are  of  Kalkansky  jasper 
and  the  leaves  of  precious  serpentine. 

A composite  bust  of  Empress  Eugenie;  feathers,  opals  and 
red  jasper;  hat,  sard;  hair,  sard;  face,  chalcedony;  collar,  blood- 
stone; beads,  yellow  jasper;  dress  panel,  lapis-lazuli;  body, 
sard. 

Cane  of  solid  silver,  inlaid  with  discs  of  turquoise  from 
Kurdistan,  southwest  Asia. 

Florentine  mosaic  of  marble,  malachite,  etc.,  representing 
the  “Fall  of  Rome.” 

Case  2. — Engraved  diamond  bust  of  King  William  II.  of 
Holland,  executed  by  DeVrees,  of  Amsterdam,  which  required 
all  of  his  spare  time  for  five  years.  Was  shown  in  1878,  at  the 
Paris  Exposition. 

A diamond  crystal  adhering  to  common  boart,  from  Kim- 
berley, South  Africa. 


70  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


A model  of  the  Dewey  diamond,  weight  23  1-2  karats,  found 
in  1855,  near  Manchester,  Virginia. 

Diamond  (round  boart),  weight  41  9-32  karats.  This  vari- 
ety is  extremely  hard,  shows  a radiated  structure  if  broken,  and 
is  peculiar  to  Brazil. 

Cut  and  uncut  specimens  of  black  diamonds  from  Bahia, 
Brazil. 

A collection  of  over  fifty  diamonds  in  their  natural  state, 
and  a crystal  in  matrix  from  South  Africa. 

Gem  gravel  containing  ruby,  sapphire,  zircon,  tourmaline, 
quartz,  etc.,  from  Ceylon  river  beds. 

A collection  of  fifteen  rubies  from  the  Ural  mountains. 
North  Carolina,  and  Georgia. 

Cut  and  uncut  specimens  of  various  colored  sapphires,  found 
on  the  banks  of  the  Missouri  river  sixteen  miles  from  Helena, 
Montana. 

Uncut  specimens  of  sapphires  from  Ceylon,  Siam,  India, 
and  Asiatic  Russia. 

Richly  colored  chrysoberyls  and  alexandrite,  from  Ceylon 
and  the  Ural  mountains. 

Six  star  sapphires,  from  Ceylon,  the  largest  of  which  weighs 
134  karats. 

A 99  and  a 66  karat  yellow  sapphire  (oriental  topaz),  a 59 
karat  blue  sapphire,  also  yellow,  pink,  white,  and  other  colored 
sapphires.  Spinels,  fine  red,  blue  and  other  colors. 

The  Chilton  doubly-terminated  emerald  crystal  in  a matrix 
of  black  limestone,  from  U.  S.  Colombia. 

Emerald  crystal  six  inches  in  length  and  about  a half  inch 
in  diameter,  remarkable  for  its  length,  from  Alexander  county. 
North  Carolina. 

Case  3. — Blue  topaz  of  fine  cutting  and  exquisite  luster, 
from  the  Ural  mountains,  also  topazes  from  Brazil,  Ceylon,  and 
Colorado. 

The  331  5-8  karat  Hope  aquamarine,  the  134  karat  Stoneham 
aquamarine  and  other  fine  examples  of  sea-green,  sea -blue, 
yellow  and  pink  beryl  from  Maine,  California,  Russia  and  Brazil. 

Turquoise  from  many  localities.  Also  turquoise  beads  made 
by  the  Indians  of  Santo  Domingo,  New  Mexico. 

Case  4. — An  exceedingly  fine  collection  of  quartz  and 
quartz  cuttings,  notably: 

A large  jewel  casket  composed  of  twenty-six  engraved  crys- 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY 


71 


tal  slabs,  mounted  in  jeweled  and  enameled  silver;  style,  seven- 
teenth century;  original  in  Ambras  collection,  Vienna. 

Screen,  “The  Finding  of  Moses,”  engraved  on  a thin  sec- 
tion of  rock  crystal  93-5  inches  in  diameter,  believed  to  be  the 
largest  section  of  its  kind  in  existence. 

Tazza  of  quartz,  engraved  to  represent  a marine  festival. 

Large  crystal  sphere,  from  the  summit  of  Mt.  Antero,  Colo- 
rado, one  of  the  largest  crystal  balls  ever  polished. 

A group  of  crystal  balls  mounted  on  a stand  of  metallic 
leaves,  the  whole  representing  fruit  and  foliage. 

A quartz  crystal,  scratched  so  as  to  show  the  method  of 
slicing  quartz  in  the  manufacture  of  spectacle  lenses. 

A series  of  fourteen  specimens  of  crystal  intended  to  show 
the  various  steps  in  the  cutting  of  a brilliant. 

Fine  examples  of  cut  crystal  from  Asiatic  Russia;  seal  hav- 
ing a Turkish  inscription  on  one  end  and  a Russian  on  the  oppo- 
site; a frame  of  the  seventeenth  century;  chandelier  pendant, 
eighteenth  century,  French  cutting;  a head  of  a horse  and  a 
bust  of  Ivan  Tourgenieff. 

A cut  crystal,  from  Mexico,  the  finest  specimen  of  aborig- 
inal work  of  this  kind  ever  found  in  that  country . 

Case  5. — Zircons  of  various  colors.  A dark  golden  smoke 
color,  round  brilliant,  weight  41  5-8  karats,  Kandy,  Ceylon. 
Also  one  weighing  46  1-2  karats  from  same  place. 

Tourmalines  of  many  colors,  from  Brazil  and  Maine. 

Fine  specimens  of  phenacite  from  the  Ural  mountains  and 
Colorado. 

Rubellites  from  Brazil,  one  weighing  21  karats. 

Green  garnets,  Ural  cutting,  cushion  shaped. 

Precious  garnets:  Navajo  Nation,  New  Mexico,  Bohemia, 
and  Kimberley,  South  Africa. 

Rare  specimens  of  peridot  from  the  Levant. 

Rare  specimens  of  almandite. 

Essonites  from  Maine  and  Ceylon. 

Spodumene,  yellow,  Minas-Geraes,  Brazil. 

Carbuncles,  Sirian,  Pegu,  Burma. 

Spessartites  from  Virginia. 

Case  6. — Rock  crystal  from  Madagascar,  Brazil,  and  Ural 
mountains.  A beautiful  collection  of  the  doubly-terminated 
quartz  crystals,  loose  and  in  the  matrix,  from  Herkimer  county. 
New  York,  commonly  known  as  Little  Falls  diamonds. 


72  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


Cats-eye  quartz  from  Bavaria,  North  Carolina,  and  Ceylon. 

Thirteen  cut  and  two  uncut  specimens  of  rose  quartz  from 
Albany,  Oxford  county,  Maine. 

Three  polished  specimens  of  plasma  from  Openau,  Baden, 
Germany. 

Case  7. — Agate  sections.  Natural  color,  transparent,  from 
Uruguay,  South  America. 

Wood  opal  from  Colorado. 

Opal  in  matrix,  from  Queensland,  Australia. 

Amethyst  geodes  from  Uruguay. 

Agates  of  Uruguay,  grotesquely  cut  to  resemble  owls  and 
human  faces. 

Case  8. — Opals  in  the  natural  state,  also  engraved  and 
polished,  from  Russia,  Queensland,  Mexico,  and  the  State  of 
Washington,  also  the  famous  Sun  God  opal  from  the  Hope 
collection,  which  is  said  to  have  been  known  in  a Persian  tem- 
ple for  three  centuries.  Opalized  bone  and  shells  from  Australia. 
Honduras  opal. 

Fine  specimens  of  tiger-eye,  jasper,  mocha  stones,  moss 
agates,  sardonyx,  chrysoprase,  agates,  and  chalcedony. 

The  finest  specimen  of  hydrolite  known  (the  bubble  of  sym- 
metrical shape  being  two  and  one-half  inches  in  diameter)  to- 
gether with  numerous  beautiful  and  rare  specimens  of  agate  and 
chalcedony,  cut  and  uncut,  from  many  parts  of  the  world. 

Case  9. — Cut  amethysts  from  Brazil,  France,  Ireland,  Cey- 
lon, Hungary,  and  Russia;  believed  to  be  the  finest  collection  in 
existence. 

Uncut  amethysts  from  Mexico,  North  Carolina,  and  Russia. 

Spanish  topazes,  a fine  series.  In  the  “Spanish  topaz”  the 
original  coloring  of  the  carbon  in  the  smoky  quartz  has  been 
changed  by  the  action  of  heat  to  the  rich  hues  so  much  admired. 

Cut  and  uncut  smoky  quartz  from  North  Carolina,  Colorado, 
Ural  mountains,  and  Switzerland. 

Case  10. — Sections  of  a boulder  of  jade  from  the  western 
coast  of  Australia;  jadeite  from  Burma. 

Fluorite  from  Derbyshire  and  Cumberland,  England,  xDne 
group  being  encrusted  with  calcite  crystals.  Antique  carvings 
of  lion’s  feet  in  marble,  from  Rome,  Italy. 

Porphyry  from  Finland  and  Egypt. 

Thulite  from  Norway.  Landscape  marble  from  England. 

Brilliant  slab  of  labradorite. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY 


73 


Case  ii. — Fine  collection  of  crystallized  Amazon  stone 
from  Pike’s  Peak,  containing  several  unique  specimens  of  twin 
crystals;  moonstones  from  Ceylon;  sunstones  from  Norway. 

Interesting  cut  specimens  of  iolite,  wollastonite,  titamte, 
kyanite,  prehnite,  andalusite  and  chlorastrolite. 

Gems  cut  from  the  so-called  “minerals  of  the  rare  earths, 
samarskite,  gadolinite,  allanite  and  euxenite;  also  fine  groups 
of  dioptase;  a series  of  cut  fluorites;  moldavite,  supposed  by 
some  to  be  of  meteoric  origin. 

Ancient  Mexican  mirror  of  iron  pyrite. 

Antique  Persian  figures  of  lapis-lazuli;  lapis-lazuli  from 
Bolivia,  South  America. 

Case  12.— Obsidian  fragments  and  obsidian  arrow  points 
and  ornaments.  Malachite  and  azurite. 

A collection  of  jade  ornaments  from  China,  Mexico,  and  New 

Zealand. 

A collection  of  pearls  from  Japan,  Australia,  Algiers,  Singa- 
pore and  California;  pearl  oyster  shells,  fresh  water  mussels,  etc. 

Collection  of  amber,  precious  coral,  pink  coral  ornaments, 

mummy  eye,  etc.  -u  j 

Amber  with  vegetable  enclosures.  A circular  amber  bead 
from  Mexico,  believed  to  be  the  first  known  appearance  of  am- 
ber as  an  ornament  in  ancient  Mexico.  It  was  used  as  an  incense 
in  the  Aztec  temples. 

^ Cases  13,  14,  15,  16,  17  and  18. — These  wall  cases  con- 
tain the  Tiffany  collection  of  Indian  jewelry,  and  form  the  most 
complete  series  of  the  kind  ever  exhibited.  Many  of  the  pieces 
are  very  old,  and  of  rare  forms.  They  consist  of  rings,  armlets, 
bosom  ornaments,  surah  holders,  ornaments  for  the  forehead, 
hair,  ear,  waist,  ankles,  upper  arm,  etc.,  altogether  they  illus- 
trate the  remarkable  variety  of  the  ornaments  and  objects  of 
the  jeweler’s  handicraft  practised  in  India  for  more  than  2000 
years.  The  collection  is  divided  into  three  sections. 

First;  Objects  made  from  pure  unalloyed  gold,  as  worn 
by  the  higher  caste  only,  containing  diamonds,  rubies,  emeralds, 
sapphires,  pearls,  garnets,  rock  crystals,  etc.,  and  embellished 
with  rich  red  and  green  enamels  peculiar  to  the  Indian  work. 

Second:  Collection  of  silver  jewelry,  consisting  of  many 

large  and  beautifully  wrought  pieces,  worn  by  a lower  caste. 

Third:  Base  metal  jewelry,  worn  by  the  lowest  caste  only. 

Case  13. — Contains  forty-seven  pieces  of  Delhi  jewelry. 


74  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 

consisting  principally  of  necklaces  and  head  ornaments  of  gold 
set  with  diamonds,  pearls,  rubies,  emeralds,  garnets,  turquoises, 
and  crystal,  and  characterized  by  the  great  number  of  pearls 
used,  and  the  frequency  of  small  emerald  pendants  as  decora- 
tions. 

A gold  necklace  with  yellow  and  green  sapphire  pendants. 
A pair  of  ear-rings  of  red  and  green  enamel  and  pearls  from 
Goa. 

Two  heavily  wrought  gold  and  silk  necklaces  from  Muttra. 

Case  14. — Contains  upwards  of  fifty  examples  of  jewelry 
from  Bombay,  which  is  remarkable  for  the  few  gems  used  and 
the  great  delicacy  and  artistic  feeling  shown  in  the  gold  work ; 
also,  fourteen  pieces  of  Rajputana  jewelry  which  resembles  the 
jewelry  of  Delhi,  but  is  heavier  and  less  delicate. 

Thirteen  pieces  of  jewelry,  consisting  of  surah  holders,  neck- 
laces, armlets,  and  nose  rings  from  Baddhi.  The  jewelry  from 
Baddhi  is  distinguished  by  the  number  of  small  gems  used,  one 
surah  holder  containing  492  rubies  and  82  diamonds. 

Four  gold  head  ornaments  from  Bijapore. 

One  string  of  gold  beads  from  Gwalior. 

Case  15.  Considerable  space  is  occupied  by  talisman  neck- 
laces and  other  pieces  of  jewelry  from  Jeypore,  which  show  an 
abundance  of  enameling.  There  are  also  fifteen  beautiful  speci- 
mens of  jewelry  from  Kathiawar,  principally  necklaces,  which 
resemble  those  of  Delhi,  though  containing  less  enamel. 

There  are  also  several  necklaces  from  Brahma,  and  eleven 
gold  belts  and  necklaces  from  Amritsar. 

Case  16.  Devoted  entirely  to  a collection  of  forty-seven 
pieces  of  gold  jewelry  from  Gujarat  which  is  characterized  by 
the  large  quantity  of  gold  and  small  number  of  jewels  used. 

Case  17. — A collection  of  silver  jewelry  which  contains 
many  beautiful  designs  and  fine  examples  of  the  ingenuity  dis- 
played by  the  oriental  silversmiths  in  joining  together  the  sim- 
ple parts  which  united  make  a symmetrical  whole. 

The  silver-work  is  from  the  cities  of  Gujarat,  Rajputana, 
Amritsar,  the  Deccan  District,  Lahore,  and  Bombay. 

Case  18.  Examples  of  silver  jewelry,  and  jewelry  of  base 
metal  worn  by  the  lowest  caste.  The  latter  while  quite  heavy 
is  artistically  designed,  the  ornamentation  differing  in  great 
degree  from  that  employed  in  silver  and  gold  work. 

The  jewelry  of  base  metal  is  mostly  from  the  state  of  Gwalior. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY 


75 


Case  19. — Collection  of  cameos  and  intaglios  engraved  upon 
sardonyx,  rock  crystal,  jasper,  topaz,  chalcedony,  etc. 

Collection  of  antique  jewelry  from  Bulgaria. 

Collection  of  Egyptian,  Etruscan,  Roman,  and  Greek  jew- 
elry. 

Case  20. — Collection  of  Egyptian  jewelry. 

Collection  of  Etruscan  jewelry.  Pompeiian  necklace. 

Collection  of  gold  nuggets  from  Washington  placer  mines, 
and  of  crystallized  gold  from  Colorado.  Gold  nugget  from  the 
Klondike. 

Case  21. — Carved  bronze  eagle  on  red  lacquered  stand. 
Iron  Damascene  plate. 

Solid  silver  communion  plate,  pierced  by  German  bullets 
in  the  Franco -Prussian  war  at  Saarbriick.  This  was  the  first 
volley  fired  in  the  war.  A new  plate  of  the  style  perforated  by 
German  bullets  in  Franco -Prussian  war. 

Pair  of  carved  wood  figures,  silver  mounted,  made  in  1673, 
from  Lord  Charlemont’s  collection. 

A carved  ivory  ornament  taken  from  Shakespeare’s  home. 

An  engraved  mother  of  pearl  a nd  silver  box  from  Kenilworth 
Castle. 

An  antique  snuff  box  of  brass  and  copper  from  Holland. 

Case  22. — Crown  worn  by  the  Duke  of  Sussex  at  the  coro- 
nation of  Her  Majesty,  Queen  Victoria. 

Two  large  and  handsomely  designed  maces  of  solid  silver 
which  were  carried  in  advance  of  a Maharajah  by  his  attend- 
ants on  all  state  occasions.  The  most  prized  possessions  of  a 
Maharajah  are  his  maces.  ^ He  may  lose  his  jewels,  his  money, 
his  lands  and  his  friends,  but  very  seldom  is  he  willing  to  part 
with  the  emblems  of  his  authority,  consequently  very  few  maces 
have  ever  been  brought  out  of  India. 

Two  large  and  handsome  tortoise  shell  combs,  the  larger 
one  measuring  fourteen  inches  in  breadth  and  twelve  inches 
in  height. 

Card  case,  enameled  work,  sterling  silver,  hand  painted,  rep- 
resenting a bride  in  the  national  costume  of  Norway. 

Walnut  of  silver  containing  a landscape  made  of  natural 
pieces  of  Colorado  native  silver,  gold,  etc.  Made  in  Denver. 

Watch  with  Turkish  numerals  made  in  France  in  the  latter 
part  of  eighteenth  century  for  a Turkish  dignitary.  Enamel 
work  on  back.  It  is  yet  in  good  running  order. 


76  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


Silver  gilt  wine  cup  in  the  form  of  a ship,  such  as  were  much 
used  in  England  in  the  sixteenth  century. 

Cases  23  and  24. — Remarkable  collection  of  aboriginal 
American  jewelry,  found  in  various  parts  of  Colombia  and 
Ecuador,  South  America.  The  collection  consists  for  the  most 
part  of  objects  used  for  personal  adornment.  It  exhibits  sur- 
prising ability  of  workmanship  in  metals  and  knowledge  of  al- 
loying. 

Alcove  105. 

Case  25. — Coins  of  gold,  electrum,  silver,  bullion,  potin, 
aluminum,  nickel,  bronze,  copper,  brass,  iron,  tin,  lead,  glass, 
porcelain,  and  paper,  illustrating  the  metallurgy  of  coinage. 

Ancient  coins:  Roman,  Greek,  and  Italian. 

Collection  illustrating  folk  lore  of  precious  stones.  A large 
number  of  specimens  showing  gems  and  other  mineral  or  or- 
ganic substances  to  which  healing  or  talismanic  virtues  were 
ascribed. 

Alcove  Walls. — Shield  of  steel  and  gold  (5  feet  by  8 feet) 
upon  which  are  illustrated  scenes  in  the  Norse  legend  of  Frithiof 
and  Ingeborg. 

Bronze  group:  Lafayette  and  Washington,  by  Bartholdi, 

the  eminent  French  sculptor. 


Department  of  Botany  and  Plant 
Economics. 


This  department  occupies  the  galleries  of  the  North,  South, 
East  (in  part)  and  West  Courts  of  the  main  building,  and  may 
be  reached  by  any  of  the  four  flights  of  stairs  near  the  central 
rotunda,  or  by  the  stairways  at  one  side  of  the  east  and  west 
main  doorways. 

The  department  is  now  being  reinstalled.  The  old  geo- 
graphic arrangement,  established  in  the  beginning,  is  being 
replaced  as  rapidly  as  possible  by  a consecutive  systematic 
series.  This  early  installation  being,  on  that  account,  in  a more 
or  less  chaotic  and  depleted  state,  is  not  included  in  this  guide. 
New  cases  are  being  constructed,  installed  and  shifted 
into  their  natural  places  as  rapidly  as  completed.  The  follow- 
ing systematic  installation  and  elements  for  future  arrange- 
ment will  be  found  upon  the  transept  galleries  surrounding  the 
central  dome  of  the  building,  and  in  the  north  gallery. 

SYSTEMATIC  INSTALLATION. 

The  new  installation  in  this  department  occupies  a series  of 
red  birch  and  plate  glass  cases,  each  numbered  in  the  center  of 
the  crown  above.  The  enumeration  is  as  follows: 


Cases.  Location. 

I to  9 North  Gallery:  Rotunda  transept 

lo  to  26 North  Gallery:  West  Side 

27  to  31 North  Gallery:  North  transept 

32  to  47 North  Gallery:  East  side 

48  to  52 North  Gallery:  passage  to  East  Gallery 

53  to  62 East  Gallery:  Rotunda  transept 

63  to  70 South  Gallery:  Rotunda  transept 

71  to  74 South  Gallery : passage  to  West  Gallery 

75  to  85 West  Gallery:  Rotunda  transept 

86  to  88 West  Gallery:  passage  to  North  Gallery 

89-I-  Not  in  place  at  this  time 


78  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


The  Pine  Family  {Pinacecs), 

Case  i. — The  left  half  of  this  case  is  devoted  to  an  illustra- 
tive collection  of  the  fruits  {cones)  of  various  types  of  Pines. 
Observe  the  pyramid  form  characteristic  of  the  as  yet  unopened 
cones  of  the  pine,  as  represented  by  those  of  the  Aleppo  Pine 
{Pinus  hulepensis) , and  the  Larch  Pine  {Pinus  Layicio) ; note  also 
the  opened  cones  of  the  Sugar  Pine  {Pinus  Lamhertiana)  and  the 
Georgia  Pine  {Pinus  palustris) ; the  characteristic  egg-shaped, 
few-scaled  form  of  the  Weeping  or  Funeral  Cypress  {Cupressus 
funehris)\  the  closely  knit  narrow-scaled  form  of  the  firs,  as 
shown  in  the  cone  of  the  Red  Fir  {Abies  magnifica)  \ the  hard 
woody-scaled  fruits  of  the  Virginia  Pine  {Pinus  pungens)  and  the 
Western  Pitch  Pine  {Pinus  Coulteri)\  and  the  small  sprawling- 
scaled,  globe-shaped,  nut  producing  fruits  of  the  Mexican  Pinon 
{Pinus  edulis). 

The  right  half  of  this  case  exemplifies  seed  types  and  some  of 
the  utilizations  of  members  of  the  family.  Note  the  three  dis- 
tinct forms  of  seeds;  the  nut-like  seeds  of  Pinus  edulis,  the 
winged  seed  of  the  Mountain  Pine  {Pinus  montana),  and  the 
peculiar  elongated  form  of  the  edible  seed  of  the  Chandelabra 
Pine  of  Chili  {Araucaria  imbricatd). 

Note  the  general  characters  distinguishing  the  wood  of  this 
family  as  shown  in  the  center  of  the  case:  Red  Cedar  {Juni- 
iperus  virginiana),  White  Fir  {Abies  concolor),Cj^mss  {Taxodium 
distichum),  Douglas  Spruce  {Pseudotsuga  mucronata),  the  Yel- 
low Pine  {Pinus  mitis),  the  Sugar  Pine  {Pinus  Lamb er liana) , 
and  the  Hemlock  {Tsuga  canadensis).  The  large  block  of  inner 
bark  of  the  California  Red  Wood  {Sequoia  sempervirens)  indi- 
cates the  great  thickness  to  which  this  bark  grows,  while  the 
walking  stick  made  from  it  signifies  its  strength.  Instructive 
examples  of  the  utilization  of  pine  bark  as  textile  material  are 
shown  in  the  Giant  Cedar  bark  of  Vancouver  Island  {Thuja 
plicata).^  Native  uses  of  pine  resins  are  exemplified  in  the  Cey- 
lon fishing  torches  formed  by  wrapping  the  resin  of  Pinus  longi- 
folia  in  the  shredded  leaves  of  the  Talipot  palm.  Three  medic- 
inal uses  of  the  Pines  are  exemplified  in  specimens  of  the  ground 
bark  of  the  Hemlock  {Tsuga  canadensis),  and  the  White  Pine 
{Pinus  strobus),  and  the  young  tips  of  the  Savin  {Juniperus 
Sabina) 

^ See  also  Case  lo,  left 


BOTANY  AND  PLANT  ECONOMICS 


79 


Case  2. — This  case  displays  the  Russian  method  of  collecting 
the  oils  and  resins  of  the  European  Pitch  Pine  {Pinus  sylvestris). 
The  Russian  method  is  to  strip  off  the  bark  from  a large  por- 
tion of  the  circumference  of  the  tree  and  scrape  off  the  exuda- 
tion. This  is  continued  for  a period  of  five  years.  Note  the 
original  package  of  pitch  scrapings  as  sold  in  the  native  markets; 
the  resin,  colophony  and  “pek,”  as  well  as  the  various  products 
of  tapping  and  of  distillation  exhibited  on  the  top  shelf  of  the 
case. 

Case  3. — Note  the  various  products  of  turpentine  orchard- 
ing from  Pinus  palustris  in  Georgia,  as  shown  in  tubes  on  the 
bottom  shelf  of  the  top  of  this  case;  also  Mexican  “resina” 
from  Pinus  Montezumae,  Japanese  “Chan”  from  Pinus  densi- 
flora,  “Khasia”  from  Pinus  khasya  of  British  India,  turpentine 
from  the  Indian  Pinus  excelsa,  and  “trementina”  from  the 
Mexican  Pinus  teocote.  Amber,  a fossilized  resin  from  prehis- 
toric pines,  from  the  newly  discovered  beds  on  Staten  Island, 
New  York,  is  also  exhibited  in  this  case.  Note  also  particu- 
larly fine  natural  amber  nodules  and  a clear  cut  piece  showing 
the  inclusion  of  a Caddis  Fly,  from  Germany. 

Case  4. — This  case  contains  a complete  series  of  trunks  of 
the  Georgia  Pine  {Pinus  palustris)  showing  the  method  of 
“boxing”  for  turpentine  and  the  appearance  of  the  trees  in  the 
orchard  from  the  first  year’s  boxing  to  the  fifth  year’s  burning- 
off. 

Case  5. — 'Base  of  a Cluster  Pine  {Pinus  pinaster)  showing 
the  Portugese  method  of  boxing  the  trunks  and  collecting  the 
resin. 

Case  6. — Illustration  of  the  conversion  of  Spruce  pulp  from 
Pice  a mariana  into  fiber  ware.  Note  the  pulp  boards  and  the 
examples  of  the  processes  necessary  to  render  the  pulp  imper- 
vious. 

Case  7. — -Top.  Exemplification  of  the  conversion  of  Black 
Spruce  {Picea  mariana)  into  the  common  newspaper  stock  of 
to-day.  Note  the  yellow  appearance  exposure  to  light  gives 
paper.  Compare  with  this  the  Swedish  product  from  the  Nor- 
way Spruce  {Picea  excelsa).  Below  this  observe  the  various 
Japanese  utilizations  of  thin  shavings  of  Hiba  {Thujopsis  dola- 
brata)  and  the  chip  work  and  twine  made  from  this  species. 

Case  8. — Note  the  paper  pulp  trees  of  Japan:  Momi  {Abies 
flrma),  Tohi  {Picea  Alcockiana)  and  Tsuga  {Tsuga  Sieboldii). 


8o  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 

Case  9. — This  case  is  devoted  to  specimens  illustrating 
the  conversion  of  the  leaves  (needles)  of  the  Georgia  Pine  {Pinus 
palustris)  into  textile  products:  Pine  Needle  Bagging,  Matting, 
“Hair,”  Oakum  and  Antispasmodic  Cigars,  and  the  by-products 
into  antiseptic  tow  and  soap. 

Case  10. — The  left  half  of  the  case  is  devoted  to  various 
interesting  uses  of  the  pines.  Note  the  Kwakiutl  uses  of  Giant 
Cedar  {Thuja  plicata)  and  Cypress  {Chamaecyparis  nootkatensis)  \ 
the  inner  bark  of  each  is  shown  as  used  for  making  mats,  bags, 
baskets,  capes  and  blankets.  It  is  dyed  a brownish  red  with  a 
decoction  of  Alder  bark,  or  black  with  iron.  Observe  Japanese 
ropes  made  of  the  wood  of  Hinoki  {Thuja  ohtusa),  and  Akamatsu 
( Pinus  densiflora) . Roof  thatching  of  the  bark  and  veneer  strips 
of  the  wood  of  Sugi  {Cryptomeria  japonica). 

Cycad  Family  {Cycadacce) . 

Case  10.— Right  half.  Note  the  roots  (corms)  of  various 
species  of  Zamia  and  starch  produced  from  them:  Florida 
Coontie  {Zamia  floridana)  and  Bahama  Bay  Rush  {Zamia 
tenuis).  Note  also  the  male  flower  rhachis  and  starch  of  the 
Sago  Palm  {Cycas  revoluta) . 

Yew  Family  {Taxacece). 

Case  10. — Right  half.  Note  the  character  of  the  woods  of 
this  family  one  species  of  which  yields  the  famous  ancient  Eng- 
lish bow  wood.  Torreya,  Ginkgo^  and  Podocarpus,  from  Japan, 
and  Dacrydium  and  Podocarpus  from  New  Zealand. 

Cat  Tail  Family  {Typhacece). 

Case  10.—  Right  half.  The  Cat  Tail  Flag  {Typha  latifolia), 
a bundle  of  the  leaves  as  used  in  making  rope  for  bottoming 
“rush  seat  chairs.”  Also  fiber  of  the  same  species  for  spinning 

into  textiles.  , ^ r • t s 

Pond- Weed  Family  {NaidacecB). 

Case  10. — Right  half.  Grass  Wrack  or  Alva  Marina  {Zos- 
ter a marina)  showing  its  utilization  as  packing  material,  and  as 
a lining  ( to  deaden  sound  ) in  house  construction. 

Grass  Family  {GraminecT). 

Case  ii. — A fine  example  of  Japanese  Bamboo  Basketry. 
This  basket  is  made  of  the  most  prized,  smoke-stained  bamboo. 


V ■'  ./to 


One  of  the  Cases  Showing  the  Less  Fi 


BOTANY  AND  PLANT  ECONOMICS 


8i 


carefully  selected  as  to  color.  Note  the  beauty  of  the  band  de- 
signs, the  uniformity  of  the  weave  and  the  symmetry  of  the 
whole  fabric. 

Case  12. — A complete  collection  of  the  principal  bamboos 
of  Japan.  This  series  was  collected  and  presented  to  this  Mu- 
seum by  the  Imperial  Japanese  Forestry  Commission. 

Case  13. — An  exposition  of  the  major  utilized  bamboos  of 
Japan.  Note  the  section  showing  the  partitions  that,  while  giv- 
ing strength  to  the  stems  of  this  giant  grass,  also  serve  to  render 
them  readily  utilizable  as  drinking  cups,  casks,  water  buckets 
and  bottles,  cuspidors,  flower  pots,  and  vases,  and  many  other 
containers.  Note  the  brown,  smoke-stained  bamboo,  Susu- 
dake  {Bambusa  senanensis)  one  of  the  most  valued  forms;  the 
square  bamboo,  “ Shikaku-take  ” {Phyllostachys  sp.),  highly 
valued  for  ornamental  work;  the  black  bamboo  Madake 
{Phyllostachys  mgra),  used  for  screens,  fans,  and  constructive 
work;  the  highly  elastic  “Gomadake”  another  variety  of  the 
same  species;  and  “Yadake”  {Phyllostachys  bambusoides)  the 
original  arrow-making  bamboo  of  feudal  times. 

Case  14.— Various  utilizations  of  grass  fibers.  Note  the 
utilization  of  Canebrake  {Arundinaria  tecta)  as  a fiber  producing 
grass;  the  various  broom-roots  {Aristida  and  Epicampes)  util- 
ized, as  the  name  indicates,  for  small  brooms  and  brushes;  and 
the  aromatic  roots  of  the  India  “Khus-khus”  {Andropogon 
muricatus) , so  extensively  made  into  fans  and  screens  which  give 
off  a fragrant  and  cooling  odor  when  sprinkled  with  water  dur- 
ing the  heat  of  the  day.  A Pampas  grass  fly  broom  ‘ ‘ Escobilla 
from  Mexico.  Observe  the  interesting  Kaya  paper,  of  For- 
mosa, made  from  Imperata  arundinacea. 

Case  15. — Sugar  cane  {Saccharum  offlcinarum).  Bagasse 
paper  manufactured  from  the  refuse  canes  after  the  extraction 
of  the  juice.  Note  the  native  sugars  of  Peru,  Mexico,  and  Java; 
the  various  muscovados  and  raw  sugars;  the  brown  crystal 
sugar  of  Peru;  the  beautiful  white  cry.stal  sugar  of  Egypt;  rum, 
alcohol,  and  vinegar.  (Compare  beet  sugar  in  Case  49-) 

Case  16. — Various  grains.  Note  the  great  variety  of  grass 
seeds  used  as  foods,  and  the  processes  necessary  to  convert  the 
four  principal  cereals  into  food  shape. 

Case  17. — The  wheats  {Triticum  sativum)  of  the  world. 
Note  the  great  variety  of  Russian  wheats. 

Case  18. — Sorghum  {Sorghum  saccharatum  and  halepense). 


82  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


Note  the  Kaffir  Corn  of  Africa;  Egyptian  Corn,  and  the  “long 
sweetning”  or  Sorghum  Molasses  of  the  Virginias,  Millet  (Pani- 
cum  miliaceum).  Note  the  “Rapoko”  or  “Munga”  of  Africa 
and  the  beautiful  millets  of  Russia.  Rice  {Oryza  sativa):  note 
the  “Paddy”  or  unhusked  rice  of  Japan,  the  whitened  rice, 
red  speckled  rice,  glutinous  rice,  and  “puffed  rice.” 

Case  19. — The  Ryes  (Secale)  and  Barleys  (Hordeum)  of 
the  world. 

Case  20. — The  standards  of  Maize  or  Indian  corn  {Zea  mays) 
as  utilized  in  governing  the  sales  and  shipments  of  this  great 
cereal;  note  the  varying  grading  of  different  states.  In  this 
case  on  the  right  note  Maize  as  grown  in  various  countries  of  the 
world.  Observe  the  very  large  grains  of  the  Andean  corn  of 
Ecuador,  grown  at  an  altitude  of  9600  feet,  and  the  very  small 
grains  of  Korea. 

Case  21. — The  types  of  Pop  Corn  {Zea  everta)\  note  the 
shape  of  the  kernel  and  the  amount  of  horny  substance.  Note 
the  popped  grains ; each  bottle  contains  the  same  number  of 
grains  thus  showing  the  expansion  of  the  various  types.  Sweet 
Corn  (Zea  saccharata) : the  specimens  show  the  various  stand- 
ard types  of  this  favorite  fresh-food  corn. 

Case  23. — The  types  of  Dent  Corn  {Zea  indentata)  the 
principal  fodder,  meal,  and  starch  corn.  Note  that  each  variety 
is  shown  in  a manner  displaying  all  of  its  characteristics  of  shape, 
size,  grain,  tip,  butt,  and  cob.  Types  of  Flint  Corn  {Zea  in- 
durata)  are  also  shown  in  the  right  of  the  case,  together  with 
some  of  the  fancy-colored  corns  of  this  country. 

Case  24. — The  Oats  {Avena)  of  the  world,  note  the  full 
series  of  Russian  oats  and  those  of  Illinois. 

Case  25. — Various  products  of  Maize  {Zea  mays):  Meal, 
flour,  hominy,  cones,  grits,  and  farina.  Note  the  series  illustrat- 
ing the  distillation  of  whiskey;  corn  feathers  (chaff)  as  a resis- 
tant stuffing  for  cushions.  The  right  of  the  case  is  occupied 
with  a full  series  showing  the  manufacture  of  paper  from  the 
shives  and  pith  of  the  cornstalk. 

Case  26. — The  history  of  the  utilization  of  Maize  as  a food. 
Note  the  prehistoric  corn  of  the  Peruvians,  mummy  corn,  cliff 
dwellers’  and  mound  builders’  com;  the  corn  “compass”  of  the 
Hopi  Indians,  and  the  starchy  Maize  of  various  colors  grown  by 
the  southwestern  United  States  tribes  of  the  present  day.  Note 
also  the  various  native  maize  “breads,”  Mexican  “guarditas,” 
“tamales”  and  “tortillas,”  and  Hopi  “Piki.” 


BOTANY  AND  PLANT  ECONOMICS 


83 


Case  27. — Left  half.  The  utilization  of  the  husks  of  maize 
ears  as  a textile  base,  and  Klickitat  Indian  bag  made  from  them. 
Note  the  use  of  the  pith  of  cornstalks,  compressed  into  bri- 
quettes, as  an  obtunder  for  naval  vessels.  Note  also  the  full 
series  of  products  and  by-products  in  the  manufacture  of  corn 
sugar  (glucose);  oil,  rubber,  starch,  syrup,  glucose,  “sugar,” 
dextrine,  amyline,  etc. 

The  Sedge  Family  (Cyperacece). 

Case  27. — Right  half.  The  utilization  of  these  common 
“ditch  grasses”  in  the  manufacture  of  mats,  matting,  and 
baskets 

The  Palm  Family  {Palmece). 

Case  28. — The  creeping  palms.  Note  the  full  plant  of 
Rattan  {Calamus  rotang)  125  feet  long.  These  rattans  often 
grow  to  a length  of  from  200  to  400  feet,  spreading  over  trees 
and  twining  in  every  direction.  Note  the  various  grades  of 
rattans  used  for  cane  work.  Note  the  great  fruit  of  the  Ivory 
Nut  Palm  {Phytelephas  macrocarpa) ; its  nuts  and  their  use  in 
simulating  bone  buttons. 

Case  29. — The  natives  of  Oceanica  claim  that  there  are  as 
many  uses  of  the  Coco  as  there  are  days  in  the  year.  Some 
of  these  are  illustrated  in  this  case  and  in  Cases  30,  31,  and  33. 
Various  utilizations  of  the  wood,  the  leaf  and  the  midrib  of  the 
Coconut  Palm  {Cocos  nucifera).  Note  the  broad  board,  the 
house  rafter,  and  eave  spout  fashioned  from  this  wood;  and  the 
brooms,  baskets,  and  ekels  from  the  leaf. 

Case  30. — Coir,  the  fiber  surrounding  the  nut  of  the  Coco 
Palm  and  its  utilization  for  the  manufacture  of  ropes.  Note 
the  rope  300  feet  long  tapering  from  four  inches  in  diameter  to 
little  over  a half  inch.  Coir  rope  makes  the  best  of  all  cables 
for  anchoring  ship  craft,  as  it  is  very  elastic,  acting  like  a spring, 
as  well  as  very  durable  in  sea  water. 

Case  31. — Sections  of  a cocoanut  tree  showing  the  charac- 
ter of  the  growth:  note  the  fibrous  bundles  of  the  interior  and 
the  dense  tissue  of  the  exterior.  Note  further  uses  of  coir  in 
the  weaving  of  mats  and  bagging,  and  the  cocoanut  leaf  skirt 
of  a Sandwich  Islander. 

Case  32. — A very  large  cocoanut  trunk  from  Trinidad: 
note  the  thinness  of  bark  in  proportion  to  the  diameter  of  the 
tree. 


84  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


Case  33. — The  utilization  of  the  nut  of  the  Coco  palm.  Note 
the  various  sections  of  the  fruit,  showing  the  proportion  of  the 
cavity  to  the  meat”  and  “shell”  of  the  nut,  and  that  of  the 
nut  to  the  “husk;”  the  various  uses  of  the  nut  meat,  and  of  the 
mature  and  immature  “shell.”  Note  also  sugar,  oil,  candles, 
butter,  soap,  meal,  copra,  wine,  etc. 

Case  34. — The  Saw  Palmetto  {Sahal  serrulata)  one  of  the 
“Fan  Palms  ” of  the  southeastern  United  States.  Note  the  use  of 
cross  sections  of  the  “trunk”  as  brushes;  the  utilization  of  the 
leaf  fiber  for  the  same  as  well  as  for  upholstery  material;  and 
that  of  an  extract  of  the  rootstalk  for  tanning. 

Case  35. — The  Cabbage  Palmetto  {Sahal  palmetto)  in  its 
similar  utilization  to  the  preceding  species.  The  Bermuda 
Palm  {Sahal  Blackhourmana)  showing  the  beautiful  leaf  and 
its  utilizations. 

Case  36. — (Uninstalled  at  this  writing.  Reserved  for  a 
series  representing  the  Coco  de  Mer  or  Double  Coconut  of  the 
Sechyelles  Islands.) 

Case  37. — The  black  palms.  Fiber  and  rope  of  the  Bra- 
zilian Piassaba  {Attalea  funifera),  with  brushes  made  of  the 
same;  flower  spathe,  fiber  and  wood  of  the  Black  Sugar  Palm 
of  Ceylon  {Borassus  flahelliformis) ; fiber  and  cordage  from  the 
Wine  Palm  of  Ceylon  {Caryota  urens);  Javanese  Jaggery  Sugar 
from  the  Jaggery  Palm  {Arenga  saccharifera)  \ stripped  leaves 
of  the  Talipot  Palm  {Corypha  umhracuUfera)  and  a Cinghalese 
book  made  from  the  natural  leaves  of  this  species;  and  fiber, 
cordage,  and  mat  made  of  the  fiber  of  the  Japanese  Shuro 
{Chamaerops  excelsa). 

Case  38. — Devoted  to  an  exposition  of  various  fruits  of  the 
palms  and  their  utilization.  Dates,  the  fruit  of  the  Date  Palm 
{Phoenix  dactylifera)  a noble  tree,  forty  to  eighty  feet  high,  in- 
valuable to  the  desert  people  of  Northern  Africa  whose  most 
important  wants  it  supplies.  Fruits  of  the  Betel  Palm  of  the 
Indies  {Areca  catechu)  a favorite  masticatory  among  the  natives. 
(See  also  monograph  on  Betel  Chewing,  Case  80).  Note  wax 
obtained  from  the  Brazilian  Wax  Palm  {Copernicia  cereifera). 
Note  also  in  the  various  sectioned  fruits  of  the  Palms  and  the 
diverse  disposition  of  the  kernels.  Palm  Oil  soap  and  candles 
obtained  from  the  African  Oil  Palm  {Elaeis  guinanensis) . 


BOTANY  AND  PLANT  ECONOMICS  85 


Hat  Palm  Family  {CyclanthacecE) . 

Case  39. — Left  half.  Note  the  split  leaf  of  the  Panama- 
hat  Palm  {Carludovica  palmata)  and  the  prepared  “Jipijapa” 
for  hat  making.  This  is  not  a true  palm  but  a connecting  link 
between  the  Palms  and  the  Aroids.  • 

Pondweed  Family  {Pontederiacece). 

Case  39. — Left  half.  A small  family  of  water  plants  no 
member  of  which  has  so  far  been  utilized  in  the  arts  or  indus- 
tries of  the  world. 

The  Rush  Family  {Juncacecs) 

Case  39. — Left  half.  Note  the  “grass  matting”  or  Rush 
matting  manufactured  from  the  stems  {culms)  of  the  common 
rush  {Juncus  effusus). 

The  Calla  Family  {Aracecc). 

Case  39. — Left  half.  A large  family  of  water-loving  plants 
typified  by  the  common  Calla  “lily”  of  the  gardens.  Note  the 
root  of  the  Jack-in-the-pulpit  {Arisccma  triphyllum),  the  Skunk 
Cabbage  {Spathyema  foetida)  and  the  Sweet  Flag  {A  corns  cala- 
mus) used  in  medicines;  also  starches  obtained  from  the  Ele- 
phant’s Ear  {Colocasia  esculenta). 

The  Pineapple  Family  {BromeliacecB), 

Case  39. — Right  half.  Note  the  photograph  showing  the 
habit  of  a large  number  of  the  members  of  this  family  of  growing 
upon  the  branches  of  trees  after  the  manner  of  parasites.  They 
are,  however,  air  plants,  simply  anchored  on  the  trees.  Note 
the  “Tumbariche”  of  Mexico  the  fruits  of  Bromelia  pinguin, 
small  acid  “pineapples”  used  for  making  a refreshing  drink. 
Note  the  fiber  of  various  species  of  Pineapples  {Ananassa) , and 
that  of  the  Old  Man’s  Beard  {Tillandsia  usneoides),  the  well 
known  Spanish  Moss  of  the  southern  states,  utilized  extensively 
as  a stuffing  for  mattresses  and  other  upholstery. 

The  Lily  Family  {Liliacecc). 

Case  40. — Various  liliaceous  fibers:  Bow  string  Hemp 

{Sansevieria  guineensis)  with  cordage  and  an  ornamental  screen 
mat  of  the  Ceylonese  S.  zeylanica\  the  Bear  Grass  of  the  south- 
western United  States  {Yucca  filamentosa)  and  its  fiber;  also 
the  fibers  of  Spanish  Bayonet  {Yucca  aloifolia),  Texas  Bear 


86  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


Grass  (Dasylirion  graminifolium)  and  New  Zealand  Flax  {Phor- 
miiim  tcnax)  with  their  utilizations. 

Note  the  utilization  of  the  \V-oody  tissue  of  the  Spanish 
Needle  Plant  {Yucca  gloriosa)  as  splints  for  surgeons’  use;  that 
of  the  pithy  interior  of  the  West  Indian  Dagger  Plant  {Yucca 
aloifoha)  for  razor  strops;  and  a soap  made  from  the  pith. 
iSote  Sarsaparilla  from  Brazil  {Sfyiilax  SpYuceayicC)  in  original 
bale.  Note  that  onions  and  garlic  belong  to  the  lilies,  and  the 
specimens  of  Ramps  {Allium  tricoccum) , the  highly  odoriferous 
wild  onion  used  by  the  mountain  people  of  the  Virginias.  Ob- 
serve the  medicinal  sources  of  Trillum,  Colchicum,  and  Poly- 
gonaticm,  as  well  as  the  fine  specimens  of  Dragon’s  Blood  {Dra- 
ccsna  draco),  Soccotrine  Aloes  {Aloe  succotrind),  and  Squills 
{Scilla  maritima).  Note  the  peculiar  Oil  of  Garlic  {Allium  sati- 
vum)', a soap  made  from  a species  of  Yucca  in  Ecuador;  and  a 
Japanese  starch  obtained  from  the  root  of  the  Dog’s-tooth 
Violet  {Erythronium  dens-canis)  used  in  the  manufacture  of 
high-grade  confectionery. 

The  Amaryll  Family  {Amaryllidacece) . 

Case  41. — A leaf  model  and  the  fiber  of  the  Yucatan  Sisal 
Hemp  or  Mexican  Grass  {Agave  sisalana)  and  its  conversion  into 
hammocks,  binding  twine,  rope,  etc.,  also  as  a substitute  for 
Manila  Hemp  (See  Case  43  left).  The  fiber  of  Agave  hetera- 
cantha  and  its  utilization  in  brush -making.  Note  the  beauti- 
ful mantilla  of  Fayal  lace  {Agave  americana)  as  grown  in  the 
Canary  and  Madeira  Islands.  Observe  the  various  products  of 
juice  of  the  Mexican  Pulque  Plant  {Agave  americana)',  honey, 
whisky,  gin,  vinegar,  rum,  wine,  and  alcohol. 

Case  42. — (Not  installed  at  this  writing.) 

The  Banana  Family  {Musacece). 

Case  43. — This  case  represents,  substantially,  the  genus 
Musa  {Die  bananas),  and  their  fiber.  Note  the  fine  series  of 
Manila  hemp  {Musa  textilis)  from  the  Philippine  Islands;  models 
of  the  Banana  fruit  {Musa  sapientum)  and  the  Plantain  {Musa 
paradisiac  a)',  dried  bananas  used  as  a confection  in  Jamaica; 
and  banana  meal,  flour,  and  starch,  particularly  valued  as  an 
infant  food. 

The  Yam  Family  {Dioscoreacece) . 

Case  44. — Left  half.  Note  the  true  Yam  {Dioscorea  saliva) 
and  starch  from  the  same.  Also  starch  from  D.  alata  and  D. 


BOTANY  AND  PLANT  ECONOMICS  87 


triiida  of  Venezuela.  These  yams  are  largely  used  in  lieu  of 
potatoes  in  the  countries  in  which  they  grow.  (The  sweet 
potato,  often  called  “Yam,”  is  a morning  glory  tuber,  not  a true 
yam.) 

The  Iris  Family  {Iridacece) . 

Case  44. — Left  half.  The  members  of  this  family  have  been 
but  little  utilized  outside  of  horticulture;  note  however  Orris 
Root  {Iris  florentina)  and  Blue  Flag  Root  {Iris  versicolor)  from 
our  bogs  and  ditches. 

The  Pepper  Family  {Piperacecc). 

Case  44. — Left  half.  Note  that  white  pepper  is  a product 
of  the  same  plant  as  black  pepper,  the  former  having  had  its 
outer  husk  removed ; both  are  the  fruits  of  the  East  Indian  Pep  - 
per  Plant  {Piper  nigrtim) . Observe  the  full  fruiting  spikes  of 
Long  Pepper  {Piper  longum) ; and  Cordoncillo  and  Matico 
{Piper  angustifolium  ?)  of  Guatemala.  Observe  also  Cubebs 
{Piper  cubeba)  and  refer  to  Case  80  for  the  use  of  the  Betel 
Peper  {Piper  betel)  in  Betel  chewing. 

The  Orchid  Family  {Orchidacece). 

Case  44. — Left  half.  The  commercial  types  of  the  Vanilla 
bean  {Vanilla  planifolia)  used  as  a flavoring  substance  in  cook- 
ery, and  confectionery;  also  Salep  {Orchis  mascula),  and  Craw- 
ley Root  {Corallorhiza  odontorhiza)  used  in  medicine. 

The  Indian  Shot  Family  {Cannacece). 

Case  44. — Left  half.  A small  monotypic  family  princi- 
pally utilized  in  horticulture,  where  it  is  characterized  by  the 
Canna.  Note  the  shot-like  seeds  of  Canna  indica  and  a necklace 
formed  of  the  same. 

The  Arrowroot  Family  {Marantacece). 

Case  44. — Left  half.  Arrowroot  flour  and  starch  from 
Maranta  arundinacea  and  Maranta  indica,  and  the  Venezuelan 
Lairen  Starch  from  Calathea  allouia. 

The  Ginger  Family  {Zingiber ace ce) . 

Case  44. — Right  half.  Note  the  peculiarities  of  the  flowers 
and  roots  of  this  family  as  indicated  in  the  colored  plate.  Tur- 
meric {Curcuma  longa) , an  East  Indian  Dye-root ; also  used  as 
a condiment.  (See  Curry  Powder  Ingredients  in  Case  80.)  Gin- 
ger, the  well  known  condiment  obtained  by  powdering  the  roots 


88  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


of  the  Oriental  Zingiber  officinale;  note  also  Bleached  Ginger, 
Candied  Ginger,  Jamaica  Ginger  and  Oil  of  Ginger  from  the 
same  source.  Grains  of  Paradise,  the  seeds  of  the  pungent 
African  Amomum  Melegueta,  these  also  are  known  as  Guinea 
grains  or  Melegueta  Pepper.  Observe  the  various  forms  of 
Cardamoms:  The  Wild  Cardamom  {Amomum  zanthioides) 
and  the  cultivated  Cardamom  {Elettaria  cardamomum) . 

The  Willow  Family  {Salicacece). 

Case  45. — Left  half.  Observe  the  character  of  the  fruits 
of  the  willow  (Pussy  willows),  and  the  beautiful  examples 
of  Japanese  Chip  work  from  the  Doro  {{Populus  suaveolens), 
a Poplar  peculiar  to  Japan.  Note  also  the  Japanese  method  of 
preparing  match-sticks  from  the  same  species. 

The  Australian  Oak  Family  {Casuarinacece). 

Case  45. — Right  half.  Note  the  character  of  the  fruits  of 
this  family  and  their  likeness  to  those  of  the  Birch  Family; 
note  also  the  beautifully  marked  Forest  Oak  shingles  {Casuar- 
ina  torulosa)  from  Australia. 

The  Wax  Berry  Family  {Myricacece). 

Case  45. — Right  half.  Note  the  bluish-green  wax  ob- 
tained from  the  seeds  of  the  Wax  Myrtle  {Myrica  cereifera),  also 
hand  dipped  tapers  made  of  the  same  and  highly  valued  on 
account  of  their  fragrance  while  burning.  Note  also  the  com- 
pressed leaves  of  the  Sweet  Fern  {Comptonia  asplenifolia)  used 
in  medicine. 

The  Birch  Family  {Betulacece) . 

Case  45. — Right  half.  Observe  the  woods  and  seeds  of  va- 
rious members  of  this  family:  The  wild  Hazel  Nuts  of  this  coun- 
try {Corylus  rostrata) , similar  Cob  Nut  or  Filberts  of  Europe 
{C.  avellana),  and  the  large,  thin-shelled,  improved  nuts  of 
California.  Note  the  fruits  of  the  Alder  {Alnus)  and  their  like- 
ness to  those  of  Casuarina  on  the  left.  Note  the  papery  bark 
of  the  Paper  Birch  {Betula  papyracea)  utilized  by  the  North 
American  Indian  tribes  for  canoe  building  and  covering  Summer 
dwelling  places;  note  also  a hornet’s  nest  fashioned  of  this  bark. 

The  Walnut  Family  {Juglandacece). 

Case  47. — Left  half.  Devoted  to  the  fruits  and  nuts  of 
this  family.  Pecan  Nuts  {Hicoria  pecan)  showing  the  finer 
strains  of  the  orcharded  trees  in  Texas;  Hickory  Nuts  of  several 


BOTANY  AND  PLANT  ECONOMICS 


89 


sp6ci6S  H'icot'id  Hicot"id  ovatci  3,ii(i  HicoTid  alho,.  But- 

ternuts {Juglans  cinered)  and  Walnuts  {Juglans  nigra  and  Jug- 
lans  texensis);  and  the  English  Walnut  { Juglans  regia)  from  the 
hard-shelled  natural  nut,  through  many  fine  thin-shelled  grades, 
to  the  highly  specialized  form  of  California. 

The  Oak  Family  {Fagacece). 

Case  46.— The  Cork  Oak  {Quercus  suber)  from  Portugal. 
A very  fine  and  costly  decortication  of  a young  tree  with  three 
branches.  This  specimen  is  considered  one  of  the  best  examples 
of  dextrous  cork  peeling  ever  produced. 

Case  47. — Right  half.  The  wood  of  three  species  of  Japan- 

ese oak,  Ichigashi  {Quercus  gilva),  Akagashi  {Quercus  acuta), 
and  Shirakashi  {Quercus  glauca).  Note  the  fruits  (acorns)  of 
various  species  of  oak  and  their  variation  of  form;  also  the  three 
species  of  Chestnuts;  the  Common  Chestnut  {Castanea  dentata) 
the  Chinquapin  {Castanea  pumila)  and  the  Spanish  Chestnut 
{Castanea  vulgaris),  also  Polente  meal  and  candied  chestnuts 
from  Italy.  Note  that  the  Beechnut  {Fagus  americana)  also 
belongs  to  this  family. 

Case  48. — Various  products  of  the  Cork  Oak  {Quercus 
suber).  Observe  the  bark,  or  cork  peelings  of  successive  per- 
iods and  the  increase  of  density  and  thickness  as  a result.  Note 
the  finer  grades  of  corks,  their  velvety  surface  and  lack  of  holes 
and  cracks;  note  also  the  skill  with  which  cork  can  be  carved 
as  shown  in  the  “Cork  Picture”  of  the  Doge’s  Palace,  Venice. 
The  utilization  of  waste  cork  is  also  exemplified  in  many  ways. 

The  Smartweed  Family  {P olygonacece) . 

Case  49.— Left  half.  Note  that  Buckwheat  {Fagopyrum 
esculentum) , Rhubarb  {Rheum  rhoponticum) , and  Dock  {Rumex 
crispus),  belong  to  this  family  association.  Observe  the  Kite 
made  crudely  of  a single  dry  leaf  of  the  Sea  Grape  {Coccolohis 
uvifera) . 

The  Wormseed  Family  {Chenopodtacece) . 

Case  49. — Left  half.  The  Sugar  Beet  {Beta  vulgaris), 
showing  all  the  steps  in  the  extraction  of  sugar  from  the  Beet 
by  23  distinct  specimens  representing  the  result  of  each  pro- 
cess. Of  the  sugar  product  of  the  world  (13, 957^269  tons)  that 
from  the  Beet  exceeds  that  from  Sugar  Cane  by  over  500,000 
tons. 


go  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


The  Poppy  Family  {Papaveracecs). 

Case  49. — Right  half.  The  poppy  {Papaver  somniferum), 
the  principal  economic  plant  of  this  family  is  represented  by  a 
number  of  specimens  showing  various  interesting  products  of 
the  plant;  Opium,  Morphine,  Codeine,  the  capsules  from  which 
opium  is  extracted,  the  oil  of  the  seed,  etc.  Note  that  the 
Bloodroot  {Sanguinaria  canadensis),  formerly  used  as  a red 
paint  i^Puccoon)  by  the  Indians;  Celandine  {Chelidoninnt  majus) 
of  the  gardens,  used  in  medicine;  and  the  Dutchman’s  Breeches, 
{Dicentra  canadensis)  belong  also  to  the  Poppy  Family. 

The  Mustard  Family  {CrucifercB). 

Case  49. — Right  half.  Note,  from  the  specimens  of  seed, 
how  widely  Mustard  {Sinapis  nigra)  is  cultivated  in  various 
parts  of  the  world  for  the  oil  of  the  seed.  Note  also  that  the 
Cabbage  {Brassica  oleracea),  the  Turnip  {Brassica  napus),  the 
Radish  {Raphanus  raphanistrum) , and  the  Horse  Radish  {Coch- 
learia  armor acia)  are  all  members  of  this  family  of  acrid  plants. 

The  Flax  Family  {Linacece). 

Case  50. — A framed  napkin  of  finest  Irish  Damascene  linen 
made  for  the  Royal  table  of  Queen  Victoria.  This  exemplifies 
one  of  the  extreme  utilizations  of  flax  as  further  represented  in 
Cases  53,  54,  55,  56,  57,  58,  and  61. 

The  Mulberry  Family  {Moracece). 

Case  51. — Left  half.  Laos  paper  manufactured  by  the 
Siamese  from  the  bark  of  Khoi  (Strehlus  asper) , showing  the  dif- 
ferent processes  and  results,  from  the  bark  itself  to  the  peculiar 
accordion-like  Siamese  books.  Note  the  black  books  made  from 
this  paper  treated  with  the  charcoal  of  Ton  Sanoh  {Aeschyno- 
mene  indica  of  the  Bean  Family)  and  used  in  the  native  courts 
of  law,  being  written  upon  with  a cream-colored  steatite  pencil: 
which  see.  Note  also  fibers  and  cordage  from  various  species 
of  fig.  (See  also  right  half  of  Case  62.) 

The  Elm  Family  {Ulmacece) . 

Case  51. — Right  half.  Note  the  various  seeds  of  the  Elms 
{Ulmus)  and  compare  them  with  those  of  the  Proteaceae.  Note 
the  utilization  of  the  mucilaginous  inner  bark  of  the  Slippery 
Elm  ( U Imus  fulva) . 


BOTANY  AND  PLANT  ECONOMICS  91 

The  Portean  Family  {ProteacecBf, " '"-o'  ^ - 

Case  51. — Right  half.  A family  of  peculiar  plants  having 
their  highest  development  in  Australasia.  Their  leaves  and 
fruits  show  relationship  to  the  Oaks  and  Elms  though  they  are 
very  characteristic  in  their  differences.  Note  the  peculiar  fruits 
of  the  various  species  of  Banksia,  especially  those  of  Banksia, 
serrulata,  and  observe  that  the  leaves  are  oak-like,  the  fruit - 
body  chestnut -like,  the  fruit -cells  Hakea-like,  and  the  seeds 
Elm-like.  Note  the  peculiar  fruits  of  the  Hake  Bushes  {Hakea 
sp.)\  the  heavy,  woody,  pear-like  fruit  of  Xylomelum  pyriforme 
and  its  small  seed  cavity;  and  the  prettily  marked  wood  of  the 
Honeysuckle  {Banksia  integrifolia) . 

The  Clove  Family  {Myrtacece). 

Case  52. — This  case  is  devoted  to  an  exemplification  of 
various  species  of  Australian  Gum  Trees  (Eucalyptus)  their 
woods,  oils,  and  gums.  The  woods  are  hard  and  enduring, 
coming  into  many  utilizations;  their  oils  medicinal  and  utilized 
in  the  arts;  and  their  gums  (Kinos)  valuable  as  tanning  sub- 
stances. 

The  Flax  Family  (Linacecc). 

Several  cases  devoted  to  flax  (Linum  usitatissimum) , and  the 
various  utilizations  of  its  bast  fiber  and  seed  in  the  manufacture 
of  linen  cloth,  thread,  paper;  linseed  oil  and  oil-cake. 

Case  53. — American  Homespun  Linen.  Specimens  illus- 
trating the  early  American  home  manufacture  of  linen  thread 
and  cloth.  Note  the  crude  attempt  at  Damascene. 

Case  54. — Specimens  of  the  principal  kinds  of  linen  thread 
of  Irish  and  American  manufacture.  A series  of  specimens 
illustrating  the  manufacture  of  linseed  oil  and  oil-cake  from  the 
flax  seed.  Specimens  showing  the  various  types  of  linen  cloths 
and  typical  linen  laces. 

Case  55 . — The  table  part  of  this  case  contains  a monographic 
series  of  specimens  descriptive  of  the  process  of  securing  linen 
yarns  from  flax  straw.  The  upright  portion  is  devoted  to  pho- 
tographs illustrating  the  old  and  the  new  method  of  producing 
linen. 

Case  56. — Two  spinning  wheels.  The  larger,  which  is 
known  to  be  over  116  years  old,  was  run  by  hand  power  and 
illustrates  the  older  method  of  spinning  with  the  aid  of  the  dis- 
taff. The  smaller  one  is  a more  modern,  foot -power  wheel. 


92  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 

Case  57.  — A homemade  loom,  built  in  1802,  used  in  the 
early  part  of  the  last  century  for  weaving  such  fabrics  as  are 
shown  in  Case  53. 

Case  58. — An  old  hand  flax-brake  and  two  bromide  enlarge- 
ments showing  the  method  of  using  this  machine. 

(See  also  Cases  50  and  61.) 

The  Potato  Family  {Solanacece) . 

Case  59. — In  the  table  portion  are  shown  a number  of  forms 
of  manufactured  Tobacco  {Nicotiana)  for  chewing  or  smoking. 

Case  60. — In  the  table  portion  are  exhibited  a few  forms  of 
tobacco  leaves  and  various  other  tobacco  examples. 

In  the  top  of  these  two  cases  (59  and  60)  are  temporarily 
installed  four  frames  showing,  in  translucent  examples,  papers 
made  from  Sugar  Cane  refuse  (See  Case  15),  from  the  Paper 
Mulberry  (See  Case  62,  right  half)  and  from  the  stalk  and  pith 
of  Indian  Com  or  Maize  (See  Case  25).  These  frames  are  in- 
tended to  be  reinstalled  against  windows  at  some  future  time. 

The  Flax  Family  {LinacecB). 

Case  61. — Contains  specimens  of  Flax  straw,  hackled 
Flax,  and  Flax  tow  from  the  chief  Flax  growing  regions  of  the 
world.  (See  also  Cases  53  to  58  inclusive). 

The  Nettle  Family  {UrticacecB) . 

Case  62. — Left  half.  The  Hemp  plant  {Cannabis  sativa) 
and  its  utilization  shown  in  process  steps  from  the  stalks  to 
cordage;  Hemp  seed  and  oil;  and  Gunjah,  the  dried  flowering 
tops  of  the  Hemp  plant  as  grown  in  India  where  they  are  smoked 
like  tobacco  or  macerated  into  Bhang  a highly  narcotic  intoxi- 
cant. Note  also  Hashish  a dark  green  extract  of  the  tops  used 
as  a hypnotic-narcotic  and  habit  drug.  (See  also  Case  63.) 

The  Mulberry  Family  {Moracece). 

(See  also  Case  51.) 

Case  62. — Right  half.  Various  products  of  this  interest- 
ing family.  Note  the  large  photograph  of  a tropic  Rubber  Tree 
{Ficus  sp.)  and  the  peculiar  method  of  rooting  downward  from 
the  branches  a characteristic  feature  in  this  genus.  Note  the 
bark  of  the  Paper  Mulberry  {Broussonetia  papyrifera)  and  Japan- 
ese paper  manufactured  therefrom.  Observe  milk  from  the 
Cow  Tree  {Brosimum  galactodendron)  and  Vegetable  Cheese 


BOTANY  AND  PLANT  ECONOMICS 


93 


made  from  the  same.  Note  flour  and  meal  from  the  Bread 
Fruit  Tree  {Artocarpus  incisa)\  and  Central  American  Rubber 
from  Castilloa  elastica.  Observe  Strung  Figs  from  Italy  and 
Preserved  Figs  from  Smyrna  both  the  fruit  of  Ficus  carica. 
Note  also  Hops  the  dried  strobiles  of  Humulus  lupulus;  Shellac 
from  Ficus  hengalensis;  and  Fustic  a yellow  dye  wood  {Chloro- 
phora  tinctoria). 

The  Nettle  Family  {Urticacecc). 

(See  also  Case  62). 

Case  63. — Ramie,  the  silk -like  fiber  of  Boehmeria  clyin- 
drica,  illustrated  by  a series  of  specimens  ranging  from  the  stalks 
to  imitation  silk  objects. 

The  Rose  Family  {Rosacecc). 

Case  65. — Right  half.  Various  seeds  and  products  of  the 
family.  Note  the  family  resemblance  of  the  Almond  (Amyg- 
dalus  communis)  to  the  “stone”  of  the  Peach  (Amygdalus  per- 
sica).  Note  the  tube  of  Ottar  of  Roses  the  oil  of  the  Bulgarian 
Rose  {Rosa  centifolia)  The  physical  appearance  of  this  costly 
oil  changes  daily  with  the  variations  in  temperature  within  the 
case;  and  it  solidifies  entirely  at  57°  Fahrenheit, 

The  Bean  Family  {Leguminoscu) . 

Case  65. — Left  side.  This  half  case  is  devoted  to  various 
types  of  leguminous  fruits  (legumes).  Note  the  family  resem- 
blance characterizing  them  all,  from  the  great  pods  of  the  South 
American  Sea  Bean  {Entada  scandens)  to  the  brilliantly  seeded 
Black-eyed  Susan  or  Wild  Licorice  {Abrus  precatorius)  of  the 
West  Indies. 

Case  64. — The  Peanut  or  Ground  Nut  {Arachis  hypogaea). 
A long  series  of  the  nuts  as  produced  in  various  countries;  nut 
foods,  oil,  candles,  soap,  and  glycerine  from  these  valuable 
kernels. 

Case  66. — Various  seeds  of  the  Bean  Family.  Note  the 
wide  geographic  range  of  the  common  Bean  {Phascolus  vul- 
garis) and  its  many  color  forms.  (See  also  Case  72).  Note 
also  that  clover,  peas,  lentils,  chick-peas,  and  vetches  belong  to 
this  family.  Note  Fenugreek  {Trigonella  foenumgraecum)  the 
seed  that  gives  the  peculiar  flavor  and  odor  to  Curry  Powder 
(See  also  Case  80),  and  a fine  illustrative  series  of  Gum  Arabic 
the  exudation  of  Acacia  arabica. 


94  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


Case  67. — Various  products  of  the  Bean  Family.  A com- 
plete series  illustrating  the  source  of  Licorice:  the  roots  of 
Glycyrrhiza  glabra.  Algaroba  yielded  by  Hymenaea  courharil 
a fossil  and  recent  product  utilized  in  varnish  making.  Note 
Chiga  starch  from  the  seed  of  Campsiandra  comosa\  and  the 
characteristic  wood  in  this  family. 

Case  68. — Observe  fibers  yielded  by  members  of  this  family: 
Sunn  Hemp  by  Crotalaria  juncea,  Colorado  River  Hemp  by 
Seshania  macrocar  pa,  and  the  Indian  Kachnar  by  Bauhinia  tomen- 
tosa.  Note  Indigo  the  product  of  Indigofera  anil;  Tamarinds  the 
fruit  of  Tamarindus  indica;  the  odorous  Tonka  Bean  {Dipterix 
with  its  vanilla -like  aroma;  Cutch  an  extract  of  Acacia 
catechu;  Kudzu  Starch  from  the  seed  of  the  Japanese  Pueraria 
Thunhergiana;  African  Cam  or  Dye  Wood  {Baphia  nitida); 
a number  of  tan  barks  and  fruits  from  various  species  of  Acacia, 
and  notably  the  Tropic  American  Divi-divi  {Ccesalpinia  coriaria). 
Note  also  the  various  oils  obtained  from  the  members  of  this 
family,  especially  the  Copaiba  Oils  from  Copaifera  sp. 

The  Daisy  Family  (Compositce) . 

Case  69. — Left  half.  While  this  great  family  does  not  yield 
utilized  products  at  all  in  proportion  to  its  large  representation 
in  the  Vegetable  World,  yet  some  of  them  are  worthy  of  men- 
tion. Note  the  various  specimens  representing  Chicory  (C ic- 
hor ium  intybus)  the  roots  of  which  serve  to  sophisticate  coffee. 
Note  also  the  new  Colorado  Rubber,  a product  of  the  prairie, 
Parthenium  incanum;  Fiber  produced  from  the  stalks  of  the 
common  Burdock  {Arctium  lappa).  Various  medicinal  plants; 
principally  Arnica  {Arnica  montana),  Tansy  {Tanacetum  vul- 
gare),  Yarrow  {Achillea  millefolium)  and  Wormwood  {Artemi- 
sia absinthium) . 

The  Castor  Bean  Family  {Euphorbiacece) . 

Case  69. — Right  half.  A large  family  of  mostly  poisonous 
plants  with  milky  juice  and  peculiar  beetle-like  seeds  of  which 
those  of  the  Castor  Oil  Plant  {Ricinus  communis)  are  typical. 
Note  the  extensive  series  of  these  oil  seeds  and  oil  expressed 
from  the  same.  Note  also  the  Purging  nut  {Jatropha  curcas). 
Observe  the  various  forms  of  meal,  flour,  and  starch  of 
Tapioca,  Farinha,  Mandioca,  and  Cassava,  from  the  root  of  the 
principal  tropic  American  food  plant  Manihot  aipi.  Note  also 


BOTANY  AND  PLANT  ECONOMICS 


95 


the  forms  of  Cassava  “bread”  from  this  source.  Observe  Ceara 
Rubber  from  Manihot  Glaziovii  and  Para  Rubber  from  Hevea 
hraziliensis. 

The  Laurel  Family  {Lauracecje). 

Case  70. — The  principal  products  of  this  important  family 
of  mostly  odorous  plants  are  those  exemplified  in  this  installa- 
tion. Observe  the  various  products  of  the  Camphor  Tree  of 
China  and  Japan  {Cinnamomum  camphor  a) , and  the  method  of 
securing  this  substance.  Note  that  our  common  Sassafras  be- 
longs to  the  same  natural  grouping  that  includes  Cinnamon 
{Cinnamomum  zeylanicum),  and  Cassia  Bark  and  Buds  from 
Cinnamomum  cassia.  The  principal  edible  fruit  of  the  family 
is  the  tropic  Alligator  Pear  {P er sea  gratis sima).  Note  the  var- 
ious odorous  substances  yielding  oils  utilized  in  perfumery; 
Puchuri  or  Sassafras  Nuts  of  Brazil  {Nectandra  Puchury-minor), 
Benzoin  from  Laurus  Benzoin  and  others. 

The  Sumach  Family  (Anacardiacece) . 

Case  71. — Left  half.  An  interesting  family  having  many 
useful  and  several  poisonous  members  scattered  in  all  climates 
of  the  globe.  Among  them  note  the  Sumacs  {Rhus),  of  which 
the  red-fruited  species  are  innocent  and  the  yellow,  papery 
fruited  species  poisonous.  The  Japanese  Lacquer  plant  {Rhus 
vernicifera)  which  yields  the  poisonous  juice  so  largely  used  in 
Japanese  art.  Note  the  berries  and  their  resemblance  to  those 
of  our  Poison  Sumac  of  the  swamps  {Rhus  vernix),  and  Poison 
Ivy  {Rhus  radicans)  of  the  sand  lots  and  dune  regions.  Note 
Japanese  Wax,  Moku-ro  from  the  seeds  of  the  Lacquer  tree 
{Rhus  vernicifera)  and  Ju-ro  yielded  by  those  of  Rhus  suaveo- 
lens.  Note  the  Cashew  {Anacardium  occidentale)  an  edible 
fruit  (?)  with  an  acrid,  poisonous,  nut -like  seed  borne  outside; 
and  the  Mango  {Mangifera  indica)  one  of  the  delicious  fruits  of 
the  tropics.  Note  also  that  Pistach  Nuts  {Pistacia  vera)  belong 
to  this  family,  as  well  as  the  several  fine  gums  that  exude  from 
wounds  made  on  various  species. 

The  Cyrilla  Family  {Cyrillacece) . 

Case  71. — Right  half.  A small  family  with  but  little  of 
economic  interest  among  its  members.  Note  the  wood  of  the 
Leatherwood  {Cyrilla  racemiflora)  of  the  southern  United  States. 


96  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


The  Bittersweet  Family  (Cclastracecu). 

Case  71. — Right  half.  A family  of  vines  or  shrubs  usually 
with  bright-colored  arilaceous  fruits  of  which  the  Wax  Work 
or  Bittersweet  Vine  (Celastrus  scandens)  is  a type.  The  root 
bark  of  this  species  is  shown  as  used  in  medicine.  Observe  also 
the  root-bark  and  trunk  bark  of  the  Wahoo  or  Burning  Bush 
(Euonymus  atropurpureus)  and  the  fruits  of  the  Bahamian 
Elaeodendron  xylocarpum. 

The  Maple  Family  (AceracecB). 

Case  71. — Right  half.  Note  the  character  of  the  woods 
of  this  family  and  the  winged  seeds  of  the  several  species.  One 
of  the  important  utilizations  of  the  period  is  exemplified  in  the 
wooden  plates  so  extensively  used  by  pastry-cooks,  market 
men,  and  for  picnic  purposes.  Note  Maple  Sugar  and  Syrup 
from  the  vernal  sap  of  the  Sugar  Maple  {Acer  saccharum). 

The  Bean  Family  {LeguminoscB) . 

(See  also  Cases  64,  65,  66,  67,  and  68.) 

Case  72. — The  more  important  varieties  of  Beans  {Phaseo^ 
lus  and  Vida).  A large  series  of  this  important  nitrogenous 
food  seed. 

The  Holly  Family  {Ilicinece). 

Case  73. — Right  half.  A long  series  of  the  different  forms 
of  Mat6  or  Paraguay  Tea  {Ilex  mate),  so  largely  used  as  a bev- 
erage by  the  peoples  of  temperate  South  America. 

The  Tea  Family  {T ernstromiacece) . 

Case  73. — Left  half.  A representative  series  of  Japanese 
Teas  {Thea  sinensis)  See  also  Case  81  for  Ceylon  Teas. 

The  Madder  Family  {Ruhiacece). 

Case  74. — The  Coffees  of  the  world.  A large  series  of  typi- 
cal Coffee  {Coffea  arahica)  from  the  various  coffee  producing 
districts  of  both  hemispheres.  Note  the  sub-series  showing  by 
specimens  the  process  of  harvesting,  cleaning,  and  separating 
the  berry.  A series  of  the  Coffee  standards  of  this  country.  A 
series  of  Coffee  extracts.  A series  of  spohisticants  and  adulter- 
ants: Soja  beans,  split  peas.  Job’s  tears,  rice,  barley,  wheat, 
Chicory,  etc.,  toasted  for  this  purpose.  A series  of  mock  coffees 
and  Coffee  substitutes,  sometimes  termed  Health  Coffees. 


BOTANY  AND  PLANT  ECONOMICS 


97 


The  Silk-cotton  Family  (Bomhacacecs). 

Case  76. — Right  half.  Note  the  seed  and  bast  fibers  yield- 
ed by  species  of  this  family;  and  the  characteristic  pod  of  Adan- 
sonia  digitata.  Observe  Natural  Oakum,  the  inner  bark  of  the 
South  American  Ochroma  lagopus;  this  substance  can  be  used 
as  oakum  for  caulking  ships  without  any  treatment  whatever. 
Note  the  silky  coma  of  the  seeds  of  various  species  of  Erioden- 
dron  and  Ceiha  useful  as  stuffing  for  upholstery. 

The  Chocolate  Family  {Sterculiacece) . 

Case  76. — Left  half.  Chocolate  Fruits  and  Beans,  the 
Cacao  of  South  America  (Theohroma  cacao)\  chocolate  nibs, 
shells,  (Cocoa),  butter,  and  confection.  Note  the  Svizzle  sticks 
used  by  the  natives  in  preparing  chocolate  as  a beverage;  also 
native  forms  of  prepared  chocolate. 

GUMS. 

Case  77. — -Various  rubbers  from  different  species  and  plant 
families.  These  gums  will  be  found  in  duplicate  in  the  families 
to  which  they  belong. 

Case  78. — Pharmaceutical  collection  of  various  gums;  show- 
ing fracture,  guttation,  and  other  physical  characters  necessary 
to  their  proper  understanding. 

PECULIAR  FOODS  AND  BEVERAGES. 

Case  79. — A series  of  odd  foods  eaten  by  various  peoples. 
Japanese  Woon  or  Tengusa,  a dried  seaweed  (Gelidium  corneum), 
and  Siamese  Agar  Agar  {Encheuma  spinosd).  Jamaica  Flowers 
{Hibiscus  sabdariffa)  eaten  or  made  into  a cooling  drink  by  the 
Mexicans;  Mowha  the  flowers  of  an  Indian  tree  {Bassia  lati- 
folia)  eaten  like  figs,  to  which  their  taste  is  compared;  Pinones, 
the  toasted  kernels  of  the  Edible  Pine  {Pinus  edulis)  largely 
eaten  by  the  Indians  of  the  south-west  United  States  and  Mex- 
ico; Cassava  Bread  from  the  root  of  Manihot  aipi\.  Kow  Kliep 
cakes,  made  of  rice  flour  and  teel  seed  {Sesamum  orientate)  as 
eaten  in  Siam;  and  Klow  Kow  Niew,  a thin  cake  made  of  starchy 
meal  from  a Siamese  tuberous  root  at  present  unknown. 

Case  80. — The  nuts  of  the  Western  Black  Oak  {Quercus 
Emoryi)  from  which  the  Apache  Indians  make  meal  and  bread ; 
the  fruits  of  the  western  Black  Walnut  {Juglans  calif ornica) 


q8  field  museum  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


from  which  the  Apaches  make  a sort  of  soup;  note  also  a sort 
of  pulp  and  seed  mass  from  a species  of  Opuntia  called  by  these 
Indians  Nanulcage.  Observe  a monographic  assemblage  of 
the  ingredients  of  Ceylon  Curry  Powder,  also  a similar  assem- 
blage of  the  ingredients  of  Betel  Chewing  substances. 

The  Tea  Family  {TernstroemiacecB). 

(See  also  Case  73.  Left  Half.) 

Case  81. — A temporary  installation  of  some  of  the  finer 
blends  of  Ceylon  tea  {Thea  sinensis). 

Case  82. — In  the  table  portion  note  a temporary  installa- 
tion of  the  various  utilizations  of  Peat,  the  product  of  buried 
and  partially  disintegrated  bog  moss  and  grass  roots. 

Case  82. — Top  portion.  Note  the  beginning  of  an  installa- 
tion intended  to  exemplify  the  methods  adopted  by  plants  for 
the  natural  dispersion  of  their  seeds.  The  installation  at  this 
date  takes  up  dispersion  by  the  wind  (Aerovectence)  only. 

The  Mallow  Family  {Malvacece). 

Case  83. — The  steps  necessary  in  the  rendering  of  cotton 
absorbent  for  use  in  surgical  practice.  Illustration  of  each  pro- 
cess necessary  in  the  conversion  of  cotton  lint  into  thread. 
Above — the  various  types  of  cotton  cloth  and  cotton  laces. 
(Compare  with  Linen  in  Case  53). 

Case  84. — An  object  illustration  of  the  picking,  ginning, 
and  cleaning  of  cotton  and  the  steps  necessary  in  the  extraction 
of  Cotton  Seed  Oil  from  the  seed. 

Case  85. — The  Cottons  {Gossypium)  of  the  world  and  var- 
ious utilizations  of  the  seed,  oil  stem,  and  lint.  Note  Cotton 
root  extract  used  in  medicine;  stem-fiber  utilized  for  coarse 
bagging;  table  oil,  butter  and  lard  substitute,  soap,  glycerine, 
etc. ; Celluloid  and  its  imitative  character  for  use  in  lieu  of  glass, 
linen,  tortoise  shell,  jade,  onyx,  ebony,  ivory,  etc.,  etc. 

The  Basswood  Family  {Tiliacece). 

Case  86. — A large  series  of  specimens  illustrative  of  the 
extensive  use  of  Linden  Bast  {Tilia  europea)  by  the  peasantry 
of  Russia:  note,  sandals,  bags,  harness,  ropes,  boxes,  etc.,  etc. 
Jute  {Cor chorus  siliquosus)  and  its  conversion  into  cordage  and 
textiles. 


A Monographic  Series  Illustrating  the  Composition  of  Ceylonese 
Curry  Powder  — Case  80 


BOTANY  AND  PLANT  ECONOMICS 


99 


The  Milkwort  Family  (Apocynacea). 

Case  87. — Right  half.  Stems,  fruit,  and  fiber  of  the  wild 
hemp  plant  of  the  American  Indians  (Apocynum  cannabinum) . 
The  various  forms  of  African  and  Congo  Rubber  from  the 
Rubber  Vine  (Landolphia  owariensis).  Note  starch,  called 
“Danish”  by  the  Bahama  Negro,  a product  of  the  tubers  of 
Echites  umbellata. 

The  Gentian  Family  {Gentianacece) . 

Case  87. — Right  half.  Note  the  various  medicinal  bases 
from  this  family;  the  North  American  Buck  Bean  {Menyan- 
thes  trifoliata),  the  American  Columbo  (Fraser a carolinensis)\ 
and  the  American  Centaury  {Erythrea  centaurium). 

The  Strychnine  Family  (Loganiacece). 

Case  87. — Right  half.  A family  having  many  very  poison- 
ous members  containing  strychnine.  Note  the  Dog  Buttons, 
seeds  of  Strychnos  nux-vomica,  and  the  gourd  of  Guianian  Arrow 
Poison,  Woorari,  of  which  S.  toxicaria  is  one  of  the  principal 
ingredients.  Note  also  the  Yellow  Jasmine  (Gelsemium  sem- 
pervir Gris')  of  the  Southern  United  States. 

The  Olive  Family  (OleacecE). 

Case  87. — Left  half.  Note  that  the  Olive,  the  Ash,  and 
the  garden  Syringa  and  Privet  belong  to  this  family.  Note  the 
wood  of  the  Japanese  Olive,  Hira-gi  (Olea  aquifolium),  and  the 
true  Olive  of  the  Mediterranean  Region  (Olea  europea) . Observe 
Ibota  wax  or  Ibota-ro  an  insect  wax  on  the  Japanese  Ash 
(Fraxirius  puhiriervis) , and  Clarincillo  a similar  wax  from  Mexi- 
co. Note  the  orange-red  dye  flowers  of  Harsinghar  (Nyctan- 
thes  arhor-tristis).  Observe  a fruiting  branch  of  the  Olive,  a 
fine  series  of  Olive  oils  and  Castile  soaps  from  olive  oil. 

The  Mallow  Family  (Malvacece). 

(See  also  Cases  83,  84,  85). 

Case  88. — Various  bast  fibers  from  members  of  this  family: 
the  Ceylonese  Anoda  {Ahutilon  asiaticum),  the  Amercian  Abu- 
tilon  (A . avicenne)  the  Indian  Anodagaha  (A . indicum)  and  the 
Antillean  Maholtine  (A.  periplocifolium) . Hollyhock  fiber 
(Althea  rosea)  from  Italy.  Kapukinissa  fiber  (Hibiscus  angu- 
latus)  from  Ceylon;  Okra,  Vendai  or  Bandakka  fiber  (Hibiscus 
esculentus)  from  the  commonly  cultivated  Gumbo  plant  the 


loo  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


fruits  of  which  are  eaten  as  a vegetable;  Napiretta  fiber  (//. 
furcatus)  from  Ceylon;  Rose  Mallow  fiber  {H.  moscheutos)  from 
Louisiana;  Majagua  fiber  from  Venezuela  the  bast  of  Pari- 
tium  tiliaceum  called  Belli-papatti  in  Ceylon;  Suriya  the  fiber  of 
Thespesia  populnea;.  Tapkote  {Urena  sinuata)  a flax-like  fiber 
of  India;  and  the  excellent  Aramina  fiber  (Urena  lohata)  of 
Brazil  which  forms  a good  substitute  for  jute. 

Cases  89  and  upward  were  not  installed  at  the  time  this 
edition  of  the  guide  was  issued. 

THE  STUDY  COLLECTIONS. 

A full  series  of  duplicates  of  the  specimens  displayed  in  each 
case  is  preserved  in  the  lockers  beneath  it.  While  these  collec- 
tions are  secluded,  they  are  at  all  times  at  the  service  of  any 
visitor  who  desires  to  examine  more  intimately  any  object  of 
special  interest.  A member  of  the  Department  staff  will  be 
detailed  to  open  any  locker  desired,  and  give  such  further  infor- 
mation as  may  be  possible  concerning  the  specimens,  on  appli- 
cation to  the  Curator  at  his  office  in  the  northeast  corner  of  the 
North  Transept  Gallery. 

THE  HERBARIUM. 

The  Herbarium  of  the  Department  is  located  in  the  balcony 
above  the  North  Transept  Gallery.  It  contains  about  250,000 
mounted  plants  and  is  especially  rich  in  plants  of  Illinois,  Mexi- 
co, the  Antilles,  and  the  Bahamian  Archipelago.  These  collec- 
tions are  open  to  specialists  and  students  in  Botany  at  any  time, 
and  also  to  those  visitors  who  desire  to  examine  them.  Appli- 
cation should  be  made  to  the  Curator  as  stated  above. 


Department  of  Zoology 


The  collections  in  Zoology  occupy  Halls  19,20,  22,  23,  24, 
25,  26,  27,  the  West  Court  and  its  alcoves  on  South  Side,  and 
the  South  Court  and  its  alcoves  on  the  West  Side. 

West  Court. 

Excepting  the  group  of  Musk  Ox,  this  court  is  filled  with 
groups  of  large  mammals  collected  by  the  Museum’s  East  Afri- 
can Expedition,  in  1896.  These  groups  were  all  mounted  by 
by  Mr.  C.  E.  Akeley,  the  chief  taxidermist  of  the  Museum.  In 
the  middle  of  the  east  end  of  this  court  is  suspended  from  the 
roof  of  the  building  the  skeleton  of  a North  Atlantic  Right  Whale 
{BalcBYia  glacialis).  This  skeleton  has  a length  of  44 feet. 

In  the  middle  of  the  east  end  is  a group  of  Musk  Ox.  (For 
a description  of  this  and  other  groups  in  the  West  and  South 
Courts  see  labels  in  each  case) . 

In  the  alcove  at  the  west  end  of  the  court  are  three  cases: 
one  contains  a Sea  Lion  and  Fur  Seals;  one,  Llamas,  Alpaca 
and  Vicugna;  and  one  contains  a group  of  Harbor  Seals  and 
Elephant  Seal. 

Beginning  at  the  east  end  of  this  court  and  extending  along 
the  north  side  is  a row  of  large  cases,  the  contents  of  which 
are  as  follows: 

A group  of  Cheetah,  or  Hunting  Leopard,  Somaliland,  East 
Africa. 

A group  of  Dibatag,  East  Africa. 

A group  of  Beisa  Antelope,  East  Africa. 

A group  of  Zebra,  Transvaal,  S.  Africa. 

A group  of  Swayne’s  Hartbeest,  East  Africa. 

A group  of  Orang-utans,  Borneo. 

A group  of  Striped  Hyena,  East  Africa. 

The  case  at  the  west  end  of  the  court  contains  a group  of 
the  Big  Koodoo,  East  Africa. 

Following  from  the  west  to  the  east  end  on  the  south  side 


102  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


of  this  court  is  a second  row  of  large  cases,  the  contents  of 
which  are: 

A group  of  Spotted  Hyena,  Somaliland,  East  Africa. 

A group  of  Proboscis  Monkeys,  Borneo. 

A group  of  Somaliland  Wild  Ass,  East  Africa. 

A group  of  the  Lesser  Koodoo,  Somaliland  and  Ogaden, 
East  Africa. 

A group  of  Waller’s  Gazelle,  Somaliland,  East  Africa. 

A group  of  Northern  Wart  Hog,  East  Africa. 

One  case  with  Pacific  Walrus,  one  case  with  Pumas,  east  end 
of  West  Court. 

Alcoves  West  Court. 

Alcove  95. — Male  Elephant  and  young. 

Alcove  96. — Loggerhead  Turtle  and  Leatherback  Turtle; 
jaws  of  Bottle  Nosed  and  Sperm  Whales;  skeleton  of  Elephant 
Seal. 

Alcove  97. — Part  of  Osteological  collection,  the  rest  being 
installed  in  Hall  23. 

Alcove  98. — Rhinoceros;  Gaur  Ox;  models  of  Grampus, 
Porpoises,  etc. 

Alcove  99. — Insects.  In  the  cases  on  the  walls  of  this  al- 
cove are  arranged  a representative  series  of  Butterflies  and 
Moths  from  Europe,  Asia,  Africa,  North  America,  and  Central 
and  South  America.  Among  them  and  worthy  of  attention  are 
the  metallic  blue  Morphos,  .the  richly  adorned  Caligos,  and  the 
brightly  colored  Catagrammas  from  tropical  America;  and  the 
beautiful  Bird -wing  Butterflies  (Troides)  from  the  Malay  Archi- 
pelago, insects  which  are  unrivalled  in  the  brilliancy  of  their 
color. 

Cases  i,  2. — Contain  a collection  of  Illinois  Insects,  illus- 
trating all  the  orders  of  this  class  of  animals  from  the  highest  to 
the  lowest  forms. 

Case  3. — Contains  enlarged  models  of  the  Silkworm,  show- 
ing the  life-history,  anatomy  and  various  phases  of  the  disease 
that  attacks  this  important  insect. 

Cases  4,  5,  6. — -In  these  cases  is  installed  temporarily  a 
more  complete  series  of  North  American  Butterflies. 

Alcove  ioo. — Birds’  eggs  and  nests. 

South  Court. 

In  the  center  of  this  court  are  four  groups  of  American 


Virginia  or  White-tailed  Deer  in  Spring.  C.  E.  Akeley,  Taxidermist 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ZOOLOGY 


103 


Deer,  representing  the  animals  in  the  four  seasons.  The  case 
at  the  north  end  contains  a group  of  Mountain  Sheep,  and  that 
at  the  south  end  contains  a group  of  Polar  Bears. 

Under  the  North  Gallery  and  along  the  sides  of  this  court 
are  arranged  table  cases,  numbers  one  to  sixteen  containing 
shells. 

COLLECTION  OF  MOLLUSKS. 

The  collection  of  Mollusca  contains  7000  species  or  more. 
It  is  believed  to  represent  fairly  well  the  subject  of  conchology. 
The  collection  is  shown  in  34  table  cases,  in  the  South  Court. 
In  the  arrangement  of  the  families  Dr.  Paul  Fischer  s classifi- 
cation in  its  reverse  order  has  been  followed. 

Case  i. — This  case  contains  a small  collection  of  Brachio- 
poda;  these  are  not  Mollusca  though  in  external  form  they 
resemble  the  Lamellibranchiate  shells.  The  Brachiopods  were 
very  numerous  in  earlier  geological  times.  The  Mollusca  proper 
follow  the  Brachiopods  in  Case  i,  the  important  families  repre- 
sented are  the  Anatinidcs,  PandoridcB,  Tellinidcs  and  the  Tere- 
dinidcB  (Ship  Worms),  Piddocks,  etc.  Also  examples  of  injury 
done  submerged  wood  by  the  ship  worms;  PholadidcB  (Burrow- 
ing Shells);  Myidcs  (Soft-shelled  Clams). 

Case  2. — Solenid(B  (Razor  Shells);  PsavyiynohiidcB)  Dona- 
cidcB  (Wedge  Shells). 

Case  3. — VeneridcB,  a very  large  family  which  contains 
many  beautiful  shells;  ChamidcB. 

Case  4. — CaTdiidcB  (Cockle  Shells);  TvidcicfiidcB  (Giant 
Clams) ; two  very  large  examples  of  this  family  can  be  seen  in 
a separate  case. 

Case  5. — Unionidcs  (River  Mussels). 

Case  6. — UnionidcB  continued. 

Case  7. — In  this  case  is  represented  a collection  of  pearl- 
bearing shells  from  Wisconsin,  also  a number  of  pearls.  It  con- 
tains also  representatives  of  the  ArcidcB  (Ark  Shells). 

Cases. — Mytilidcs  (Mussels);  AviculidcB  (Wing  Shells), 
this  family  includes  among  other  species  the  “Pearl  Oyster,”  of 
which  specimens  are  here  shown. 

Case  9. — Pectinid^s  (Scallop  Shells);  Spondylid^  (Thorny 
Oysters) ; these  two  families  contain  many  shells  which  are  in- 
teresting on  account  of  their  forms  and  their  brilliant  colors. 


104  field  museum  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


Case  io. — OstreidcB  (Oysters);  DentaliidcB  (Tooth-shells); 
ChiionidcB  (Chitons);  PatellidcB  (Limpet  Shells);  FissurellidcB 
(Keyhole  Limpets.) 

Case  ii. — HaliotidcB  (Ear  Shells,  Ablone). 

Case  12. — TurhinidcB  (Top  Shells);  Neritid(B\  Naticidce\ 
XcnophoridcB. 

Case  13. — Capulidce  (Cup  and  Saucer  Limpets);  Ampul- 
lariidcB  (Apple  Snails);  LittorinidcB  (Periwinkles). 

Case  14. — MelanidcB\  TurritellidcB\  VermetidcB  (worm 
shells,  the  shells  being  more  or  less  contorted  like  worm  tubes) ; 
CerithidcB. 

Case  15. — StromhidcB  (Conch  Shells);  CypraeidcB  (Cowr- 
ies), a family  containing  some  of  the  most  beautiful  shells 
known. 

Case  16. — Doliidas  (Tun  Shells);  Cassidce  (Helmet  Shells). 

Case  17. — Tritonidce  (Triton  Shells). 

Case  18. — Muricidce,  a large  family  of  mostly  spiny  and 
roughened  shells. 

Case  19. — Nassidcs  (Dog  Whelks);  Buccinidce  (Whelks); 
T urhinelUdcB. 

Case  20. — F asciolaridcE\  MitridcB  (Mitre  Shells);  V olu- 

tidcB,  a family  containing  many  large  and  beautifully  colored 
shells. 

Case  21. — Marginellidcs\  Harpidcs  (Harp  Shells);  OlividcB 
(Olive  Shells). 

Case  22. — ConidcB  (Cones),  an  extensive  family  living 
mostly  in  warm  seas. 

Case  23. — TerehridcB  (Auger  Shells) 

Case  24. — BullidcB, 

Case  25. — Materials  illustrating  two  groups  of  Mollusks, 
many  of  whose  members  have  the  shell  rudimentary  or  wanting 
entirely.  Many  of  these  animals  are  represented  here  by  beauti- 
fully executed  glass  models;  Limnaeidcs. 

Case  26. — Limnaeidos  continued;  Stenogyridce,  this  family 
and  the  remaining  ones,  which  belong  to  the  order  Pulnonata, 
are  air-breathing  Mollusks,  the  largest  belonging  to  the  genus 
Achatina.  Most  of  the  species  live  in  Africa,  where  they  remain 
in  trees,  descending  to  lay  their  eggs.  Some  of  the  eggs  are 
exhibited. 

Case  27. — Stenogyridce  continued;  Pupid(B\  BuUmuUdcB 
HelicidcB. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ZOOLOGY 


loS 


Cases  28,  29,  30,  and  31. — HelicidcB  (Air-breathers),  a 
large  family  containing  over  6500  species.  Many  of  the  most 
attractive  specimens  in  these  cases  are  from  the  Philippine 
Islands.  Some  species  of  Bulimus  reach  a length  of  six  inches. 
They  lay  large  eggs,  which  resemble  those  of  birds;  some  of 
these  are  shown. 

Case  32. — TestacelHdce\  LimacidcE  (Slugs),  a few  families 
of  Pteropoda  and  the  Cephalopoda,  a class  which  includes  the 
Nautilus,  the  Squids,  the  Octopus  and  Argonauts.  A few  of 
the  soft  Cephalopoda  are  represented  by  means  of  glass  models. 
A model  of  the  Giant  Squid  of  the  coast  of  New  Foundland  and 
the  Giant  Octopus  of  the  Pacific  Coast  of  the  United  States  are 
suspended  overhead  in  Hall  24. 

HaU  19. 

MAMMALS. 

Case  i. — Four  representatives  of  the  lower  sub-class  of 
mammals,  the  Prototheria.  Of  these  the  most  interesting  is  the 
Duck-bill  (Ornithorhynchus) . It  is  so  called  on  account  of  its 
duck -like  beak.  It  is  a native  of  Australia.  It  is  aquatic  in  its 
habits  and  swims  with  facility.  Although  a true  mammal,  the 
remarkable  fact  has  been  discovered  that  it  lays  eggs  instead 
of  producing  living  young.  The  Echidnas,  or  Spiny  Ant-eaters, 
are  inhabitants  of  New  Guinea,  Tasmania  and  Australia. 

This  case  also  contains  members  of  the  second  sub-class  of 
mammals,  the  Metatheria,  order  Marsupialia.  These  comprise 
the  Phalangers,  the  Bandicoots,  the  Kangaroos,  the  Dasymes, 
all  inhabitants  of  Australia,  Tasmania,  and  New  Guinea,  and  the 
Opossums,  dwellers  in  the  Americas.  They  present  many 
strange  and  interesting  forms  of  life.  The  Phalangers  usually 
live  in  trees  and  have  prehensile  tails.  Some  species  subsist  on 
vegetation,  others  on  insects.  The  “flying  phalangers”  resem- 
ble our  flying  squirrels,  in  having  a fold  of  skin  which  acts  as  a 
parachute.  The  Bandicoots  {Perameles)  burrow  in  the  earth 
and  subsist  on  roots  and  grain.  The  Kangaroos  are  grass-eat- 
ing animals.  The  Dasyures  are  devourers  of  flesh.  All  the 
other  animals  belong  to  the  sub-class  Eutheria,  and  are  con- 
tinued in  Case  2,  and  the  two  cases  in  the  center  of  the  room. 

Case  2. — Contains  Edentates  {Bruta).  Among  the  Eden- 
tates shown  are  Armadillos,  the  strangely  armored  Pichiciago 


io6  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


from  the  Argentine  Republic,  two  species  of  Sloth,  several  spe- 
cies of  Ant-eaters  and  two  species  of  Scaly  Ant-eaters  or  Pan- 
golins, from  Africa.  The  Armadillos  have  most  of  the  skin 
converted  into  an  armor  of  bony  plates.  They  live  on  roots, 
insects,  reptiles  and  carrion.  They  are  able  to  burrow  with 
astonishing  rapidity.  The  Pichiciago  is  a very  rare  burrowing 
animal.  The  Great  Ant-eater  lives  on  white  ants,  whose  dwel- 
ling it  tears  open  with  its  strong  claws.  The  Pangolins  have 
the  body  covered  with  overlapping  horny  plates.  They  subsist 
on  ants. 

This  case  also  contains  two  representatives  of  the  Sirenia. 
These  are  aquatic  herbivorous  animals  which,  in  external  form, 
resemble  the  whales.  They  have,  however,  no  close  relation- 
ship with  the  latter  animals.  The  uppermost  specimen  is  the 
American  Manatee,  or  Sea-cow,  a resident  of  Florida.  The  lower 
specimen  is  the  Dugong  from  Australia. 

Case  3. — Hogs  and  Peccaries.  The  Peccaries  here  shown 
go  in  small  herds  of  eight  to  ten,  and  are  not  as  pugnacious  as  is 
another  species  found  in  South  America.  This  case  also  con- 
tains three  interesting  species  of  deer,  the  Muntjac;  the  little 
deer,  Cervus  steerii,  the  type  of  its  species;  and  the  Sambur 
of  India. 

Case  4. — Female  Wapiti;  the  male  of  this  species  is  in 
the  South  Court. 

Case  5. — Reindeer  and  its  close  relative,  the  Caribou, 
from  Maine.  These  are  the  only  deer  the  females  of  which  have 
well  developed  horns. 

This  case  also  contains  the  female  Moose. 

Case  6. — The  male  Moose. 

Hall  20. 

Case  7. — Several  species  of  deer,  including  the  Pronghorn 
or  American  Antelope. 

Case  8. — Two  species  of  Antelope  from  British  East  Africa 
— Lichtenstein’s  Hartebeest,  and  Cooke’s  Hartebeest. 

Case  9. — The  Sassabye. 

Case  10. — Two  species  of  Gnus,  the  White-tailed  Gnu  and 
the  White-bearded  Gnu. 

Case  ii. — Salt’s  Dik-dik,  Eastern  Abyssinia;  Kirk’s  Dwarf 
Antelope,  British  East  Africa,  a very  small  species  of  antelope, 
remarkable  for  its  projecting  and  distensible  snout,  and  for  the 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ZOOLOGY 


107 


tuft  of  hairs  between  the  horns.  It  is  said  to  frequent  rocky 
hills.  The  case  also  contains  the  Indian  Antelope,  the  Palla, 
and  the  Waterbuck. 

Case  12. — The  Indian  Gazelle,  India;  the  Persian  Gazelle 
and  Grant’s  Gazelle,  Africa. 

Case  13. — Contains  a fine  example  of  the  Roan  Antelope, 
a stately  animal  from  Africa. 

Cases  14  AND  15. — A number  of  goats  and  sheep  from 
various  regions  of  the  world. 

Case  16. — An  example  of  the  Musk-Ox,  from  Great  Slave 
Lake  and  the  Tamaroa,  three  specimens.  The  Tamaroa  is  one 
of  the  most  generalized  of  the  buffaloes.  It  inhabits  the  Philip- 
pine archipelago. 

Case  17. — Old  male,  young  male,  cow  and  calf  of  the 
American  Bison. 

Case  18. — Malayan  Tapir,  Burchell’s  Zebra  and  Common 
Zebra. 

Case  19. — Grevy’s  Zebra,  male  and  female,  from  East 
Africa. 

Case  20. — Contains  the  gnawing  animals  {Rodentia). 
Among  these  are  exhibited  specimens  of  the  Squirrels,  Spermo- 
philes.  Rats,  Mice,  Muskrats,  Beavers,  Hares,  Rabbits,  the 
Capybara,  Chinchillas  and  Porcupines.  The  Capybara  is  the 
largest  living  rodent.  It  is  the  prey  of  the  Jaguar.  The  Chin- 
chilla {Lagidium)  here  shown  is  not  the  true  Chinchilla  so 
prized  for  its  soft  fur.  The  Porcupines  are  remarkable  for  their 
long  sharp  spines.  They  are  not  able  to  shoot  these  out  at  their 
enemies. 

Case  21. — In  this  case  begins  the  extensive  order  of  flesh- 
eating animals  {Carnivora).  In  the  upper  division  of  the  case 
are  exhibited  several  species  belonging  to  the  interesting  family 
of  cats;  in  the  lower  portion  are  Lions  and  Tigers,  a male  and 
female  of  each. 

Case  22. — Specimens  of  two  species  of  Hyenas,  and  several 
species  of  Dogs  and  Foxes. 

Case  23. — Three  Grizzly  Bears,  two  adults  and  one  young. 
In  this  case  are  also  exhibited  the  Polar  Bear;  species  from 
the  Himalayas  and  Japan,  and  the  Sun-bear  from  Borneo. 

Case  24. — The  upper  portion  of  this  case  contains  the 
ProcyonidcB  (Raccoons,  Panda,  etc.),  and  the  lower  part  con- 
tains species  which  belong  to  the  large  family  of  MustelidcB . 


io8  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


Among  the  interesting  forms  are  the  Otters,  Sea-otter,  the 
Skunks,  Badgers,  Martens,  the  Glutton,  etc. 

The  Minks,  Wolverine,  etc.,  are  in  the  lower  portion  of  Case 
25,  in  the  upper  part  of  which  are  displayed  the  Insectivora, 
among  which  are  found  the  strange  Tenrec  (Centetes)  of  Mada- 
gascar, the  Solenodon  from  Cuba,  the  Hedge-hog,  the  Shrews, 
the  Moles,  and  the  so-called  Flying  Lemur  {Galeopithecus) 
from  Sumatra. 

Case  26. — In  the  south  half  of  this  case  are  Chiroptera 
(bats),  among  which  are  some  large  and  remarkable  species. 
The  larger  species  belong  to  the  family  of  Fruit-bats,  living  on 
fruits  and  the  juices  of  plants.  The  smaller  bats  subsist  mostly 
on  insects. 

In  the  north  half  of  this  case,  and  in  Case  27,  are  represen- 
tatives of  the  order  Quadrumana,  containing  the  Lemurs, 
Monkeys,  and  Chimpanzee.  Some  twenty-seven  species  are 
here  shown.  There  is  a case  of  Orangs,  and  another  of  Probos- 
cis Monkeys  exhibited  in  the  West  Court. 

Hall  22. 

FISHES  AND  REPTILES. 

In  this  hall  are  representatives  of  the  cold-blooded  verte- 
brates or  vertebrate -like  animals  which  are  included  in  the  fol- 
lowing classes : T unicata  (the  Ascidians) ; Leptocardii  (the 
Lancelets);  Marsipohranchii  (the  Lampreys);  Pisces  (the 
Sharks,  Rays  and  the  true  fishes);  Batrackia  (Salamanders, 
Frogs,  Toads,  etc.);  Reptilia  (Snakes,  Lizards,  Turtles,  etc.). 

The  first  four  classes  are  represented  in  the  six  cases  in  the 
north  half  of  the  hall,  the  remaining  two  classes  are  in  the  three 
cases  in  the  south  quarter  of  the  hall,  while  the  remaining  two 
cases  contain  animals  too  large  to  be  placed  in  the  other  cases 
where  they  properly  belong. 

Case  i. — This  case  contains  some  material  representing 
the  group  of  Ascidians  (Tunicata).  It  consists  almost  wholly 
of  glass  models.  There  is  also  a small  amount  of  material  be- 
longing to  the  Leptocardii  and  the  Marsipohranchii. 

Cases  i to  6. — The  true  fishes  begin  in  Case  i.  As  far 
as  possible  they  are  arranged  in  systematic  order,  beginning  with 
the  Selachii  (Sharks)  and  ending  in  Case  6 with  the  Pediculati 
(Bat-fishes,  etc.). 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ZOOLOGY 


109 

Cases  7 and  8. — Contain  fishes  and  reptiles  too  large  to 
be  placed  in  cases  where  they  properly  belong.  The  labels  indi- 
cate their  position  in  the  series. 

Case  9. — Amphibia.  The  collection  of  amphibians  is  small, 
and  is  arranged  in  the  upper  portion  of  this  case.  Only  two 
forms  are  represented,  Gradientia  (the  Salamanders)  and  the 
Salientia  (the  Frogs,  Toads,  etc.) 

The  Reptilia  also  begin  in  this  case  and  are  continued  in 
Cases  9,  10,  and  ii.  The  living  orders  are  represented;  Rhynch- 
ocephalia,  embrace  the  New  Zealand  Tuatera;  Squamata,  con- 
taining the  Snakes  and  Lizards;  Chelonia,  Turtles;  and  Croco- 
dilia,  Crocodiles,  Alligators,  Gavials.  Among  the  conspicuous 
reptiles  exhibited  are  the  Alligators,  the  Cayman,  the  Gavial,  the 
large  specimen  of  the  Lace  Lizard  {Varanus),  the  Pythons,  etc. 

Hall  23  and  Alcove  97. 

The  Osteological  collection  consists  of  mounted  skeletons  of 
over  225  species.  These  belong  to  over  fifteen  orders  and  thirty 
families.  It  affords  an  excellent  means  for  the  study  of  the 
vertebrates. 

Case  i. — Occupies  the  west  side  of  Alcove  97,  and  con- 
tains the  skeletons  of  cold-blooded  vertebrates. 

Case  2. — In  Hall  23.  Contains  skeletons  of  the  Ostrich, 
Emu,  and  the  Rhea. 

Case  3. — The  remainder  of  the  birds.  The  rest  of  the 
cases  contain  the  skeletons  of  mammals,  the  arrangement  cor- 
responding to  that  of  the  mammals  in  Halls  19  and  20,  viz.,  be- 
ginning with  the  Prototheria  and  ending  with  the  Quadrumana. 
In  the  middle  of  Hall  23  are  skeletons  of  the  Giraffe,  Elephant, 
Hippopotamus,  and  the  Rhinoceros;  in  the  middle  of  Alcove 
97,  the  Camel  and  Wapiti. 


Hall  24. 

SPONGES,  JELLY-FISH,  CORALS,  ETC. 

In  this  hall  are  exhibited  materials  illustrating  the  branches 
of  the  animal  kingdom  known  as  the  Protozoa  (the  one-celled 
animals),  the  Coelenterata  (Sponges  and  Corals),  and  the  Echino- 
dermata  (Crinoids,  Starfishes,  Sea-urchins  and  Sea  Cucumbers). 

Case  i. — Contains  on  one  side  the  Protozoa,  mostly  ani- 
mals of  microscopic  size.  These  are  illustrated  by  models  rep- 


no  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


resenting  them  magnified  about  2300  times.  Next  in  order  are 
the  Porifera  or  Sponges.  These  include  some  interesting  forms 
such  as  Neptune’s  cup,  the  Glass-rope  sponge,  Venus’  flower 
basket,  etc.  On  the  other  side  of  the  case  are  the  Millepores, 
and  Stylasters,  and  models  representing  the  Jelly-fishes  — such 
as  the  Portuguese  Man  of  War. 

Case  2. — Contains  representatives  of  the  Alcyonaria  (Eight- 
rayed  Polyps).  This  group  contains  the  Sea -fans.  Sea -feathers. 
Organ-pipe  Coral  and  Red  Coral.  These  are  continued  in  Case  3 . 

Cases  3,  4,  5 and  6.  — Contain  the  Zoantharia,  which  in- 
cludes the  Sea-whips,  the  Sea  Anemones,  and  the  Stony  Corals. 
At  the  end  of  Case  6 are  a few  models  representing  the  Cteno- 
phora  or  Comb-bearing  Jelly-fishes. 

Cases  7 and  8.—  Contain  part  of  the  Echinodermata,  which 
includes  the  Crinoidea  (Sea  Lilies,  etc.);  the  Ophiuroidea  (Brit- 
tle Stars  and  Basket  Stars)  and  part  of  the  Asteroidea  (Star 
Fishes) . 

Case  9. — Contains  the  Echini  (Sea-urchins);  and  Holo- 
thuria  (Sea  Cucumbers). 

Cases  10  and  ii. — Contain  the  Vermes  (Worms);  and 
Crustacea  (Barnacles,  Lobsters  and  Crabs). 

STUDY  COLLECTIONS. 

The  study  collection  of  Mammals,  Fishes,  Reptiles  and  In- 
sects, consisting  of  thousands  of  specimens  contained  in  tin,  air 
tight  cases  and  glass  jars,  is  located  in  the  balcony  over  the 
south  entrance,  and  is  accessible  during  museum  hours  to  those 
who  may  desire  to  study  the  material  or  compare  specimens. 
Every  attention  is  paid  to  this  important  adjunct  to  the  exhi- 
bition series,  for  the  assistance  of  scientific  investigation.  The 
study  collection  of  bird  skins  containing  between  thirty-five 
and  forty  thousand  specimens  is  installed  in  the  gallery  of  Hall 
27. 


\ 


Hall  26. 


Birds 


The  collection  of  mounted  birds  occupies  Halls  25,  26,  and  27 ; 
and  Alcove  100,  in  the  West  Com-t,  is  devoted  to  birds’  eggs. 

Halls  25  and  26. 

GENERAL  ORNITHOLOGY. 

In  this  hall  are  represented  about  550  species  illustrating 
the  characteristics  of  about  100  families.  They  are  arranged 
systematically,  beginning  with  the  degenerates,  which  have  lost 
the  power  of  flight,  and  the  diving  birds,  and  ending  with  the 
highly  specialized  passeres. 

Center  Cases. 

Case  A. — A group  illustrating  the  peculiar  domestic  ar- 
rangements of  the  rhinoceros  hombill  during  the  breeding  sea- 
son. 

Case  B. — “A  Surprised  Mother,”  representing  a domestic 
hen  as  mother  of  a lot  of  ducklings  that  are  represented  as 
plimging  into  a basin  of  water. 

Case  C. — A group  showing  the  nesting  site  and  a pair  of 
prairie  chickens. 

Case  D. — A group  of  quail  in  various  attitudes. 

Case  E. — A group  of  the  American  eider  duck. 

Case  F. — A group  of  the  American  robin,  showing  the  nest 
and  eggs,  and  the  parent  birds  much  excited  by  the  approach 
of  a black  snake. 

Case  G. — A group  representing  a section  of  a pond  with 
the  shore  line  fringed  with  grass.  A group  of  ducks  are  shown ; 
some  stand  on  the  shore,  and  others  are  swimming  about  near 
the  edge  of  the  pond,  while  in  the  backgroimd,  half  hidden  by 
the  grass,  a Florida  lynx  is  seen  stealing  upon  the  imsuspect- 
ing  birds.  Three  species  of  ducks  are  shown  in  this  group: 
The  pintail,  lesser  scaup  duck,  and  ring-necked  duck. 

Case  H. — A group  composed  of  an  adult  African  ostrich, 
a chick,  and  an  egg. 


1 12  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


Case  I. — Winter  scene  in  the  far  North  illustrating  the 
protective  coloration  of  birds  inhabiting  high  latitudes. 

Hall  27. 

BIRDS  OF  ILLINOIS. 

Devoted  exclusively  to  Illinois  birds,  and  their  eggs.  The 
specimens  are  arranged  by  families  in  vertical  sections,  begin- 
ning at  the  right  hand  of  the  entrance  from  Hall  26;  the  order 
of  classification  being  that  adopted  by  the  American  Ornith- 
ologists’ Union. 


Department  of  Anthropology. 


Nature  and  Purpose  of  Collections: — The  aim  of  the 
collections  in  the  Department  of  Anthropology  is  to  represent 
the  different  cultures  which  have  existed  and  which  are  in  exis- 
tence at  the  present  time.  No  attempt  has  been  made  to  rep- 
resent the  culture  of  modem  Europe,  especial  attention  having 
been  paid  to  the  culture  of  more  primitive  people.  The  collec- 
tions are  installed  in  two  well-marked  groups  according  to  two 
general  divisions  of  anthropology.  The  first  group  relates  to 
physical  man,  the  exhibits  being  anatomical  in  nature,  while  the 
second  group  relates  to  man’s  culture,  the  basis  of  the  study  of 
which  is  psychology. 

In  the  first  group  of  exhibits  are  found  the  apparatus  and 
appliances  in  general  use  in  the  study  of  physical  anthropology, 
an  extensive  collection  of  crania,  skeletons,  casts,  and  other 
material  illustrating  the  physical  characteristics  of  types  and 
races.  A part  of  these  exhibits  is  arranged  in  the  gallery  of  the 
East  Court. 

The  second  great  group  in  the  Department  of  Anthropology 
comprises  extensive  collections  representing  past  and  present 
cultures;  hence  is  both  archaeological  and  ethnological  in  nature. 
The  ethnological  collections  are  those  illustrating  the  living  and 
the  historical  peoples,  and  as  a rule  are  arranged  according  to 
the  tribe  or  cultural  area  to  which  they  pertain.  The  prehis- 
toric collections  are  brought  together  in  groups  according  to  the 
locality  from  which  they  are  derived,  or,  in  certain  cases,  ac- 
cording to  the  people  or  time  which  they  are  thought  to  rep- 
resent. 

The  archaeological  and  ethnological  collections  are  placed  on 
the  main  floor  and  occupy  the  entire  east  half  of  the  building, 
also  the  North  Court,  the  east  alcoves  of  the  South  Court,  the 
north  alcoves  of  the  West  Court,  and  Halls  30,  31,  and  34  in  the 
northwest  quarter  of  the  building. 

An  attempt  has  been  made  to  represent  the  cultures  of  the 
tribes  or  groups  in  an  order  corresponding  as  far  as  possible 
with  their  original  geographical  relations.  Owing  to  the 
crowded  condition  of  the  department,  and  through  the  rapidity 


1 14  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


of  its  growth,  it  has  been  found,  however,  impracticable  to 
maintain  for  the  present  a satisfactory  order.  As  a consequence, 
the  order  in  which  the  collections  are  found  will  not  be  the  best 
one  in  which  to  study  them. 

Origin  OF  Collections: — As  to  their  origin  the  exhibits 
may  be  grouped  in  three  principal  categories:  (i)  Collections 

made  for  the  World’s  Columbian  Exposition  by  its  Anthropo- 
logical Department  and  turned  over  to  the  Museum  at  the 
close  of  the  Fair;  (2)  Collections  from  various  sources  exhibited 
by  the  owners  at  the  World’s  Fair,  in  the  Anthropological  Build- 
ing and  elsewhere,  and  acquired  by  the  Museum  by  gift  or  pur- 
chase; (3)  Collections  not  shown  at  the  Fair,  but  acquired  by 
gift,  collection,  or  purchase,  subsequent  to  the  foundation  of 
the  Museum. 

In  this  first  group  are  many  important  collections  secured 
as  the  result  of  investigations  undertaken  for  the  World’s  Fair 
under  the  direction  of  Professor  F.  W.  Putnam.  The  archaeo- 
logical collections  thus  obtained  are  those  made  by  W . K. 
Moorehead,  in  the  Little  Miami  and  Ross  county,  Ohio,  Er- 
nest Volk  in  New  Jersey,  Harlan  I.  Smith  in  Michigan,  C.  L. 
Metz  in  Ohio,  E.  H.  Thompson  in  Yucatan,  M.  H.  Saville,  and 
J.  G.  Owens  in  Central  America,  Lieutenant  J.  P.  Scrivin  in 
Costa  Rica,  and  G.  A.  Dorsey  in  Peru,  Ecuador,  Chili  and  Bo- 
livia. The  ethnological  collections  include  those  made  on  the 
North  Pacific  Coast  by  Deans,  Jacobson,  Eells,  Swan,  Morrison 
and  Hunt,  all  under  the  personal  direction  of  Dr.  Franz  Boas; 
by  Isaac  Cowie,  among  the  Cree;  by  E.  F.  Wilson,  among  the 
Assiniboin;  by  J.  M.  McLean,  among  the  Blackfeet;  and  by 
F.  P.  Hall  among  the  Ojibwa. 

Of  the  collections  of  the  World’s  Fair  exhibits  which  were 
obtained  by  gift  or  purchase  the  following  are  the  most  import- 
ant: Those  by  gift,  the  extensive  collection  from  Mr.  Edward 
E.  Ayer  which  comprises  ethnological  material  from  the 
Northwest  Coast,  California,  the  Southwest,  the  Plains,  and 
archaeological  material  from  California,  the  Great  Lakes  region, 
the  Mississippi  and  Ohio  valleys,  and  Mexico,  is  the  most  im- 
portant. Valuable  collections  were  also  donated  by  the  govern- 
ments of  British  Guiana,  Mexico,  and  Nicaragua.  Collections 
acquired  by  purchase  are  the  Montez  collection  illustrating  the 
archaeology  of  the  interior  of  Peru,  the  Colombia  collection  of 
gold,  silver,  stone,  and  pottery  from  ancient  Chibcha  graves; 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ANTHROPOLOGY  115 


the  Hassler  collection  from  the  Gran  Chaco  region  of  Para- 
guay; the  Umlauff  collection  of  ethnological  material  from 
northwestern  America  and  from  Patagonia,  Africa,  and  Oceanica ; 
the  Peace  collection  from  Melanesia;  the  Finsch  collection 
from  Polynesia;  the  Wyman  collection  of  copper  and  stone 
implements  from  Wisconsin;  the  Boas  collection  of  skulls  and 
skeletons;  the  Remenyi  collection  from  South  Africa;  the  Po- 
gosky  collection  from  Siberia;  the  Lumholtz  collection  from 
Mexico;  the  Green  cliff-dweller  collection;  the  Harris  collection 
from  Peru;  the  Johnson  collection  of  Irish  jewelry,  the  Ward 
collections  of  skulls,  skeletons,  masks,  etc.,  and  the  Cunningham 
collection  of  brain  models. 

The  remaining  collections  found  in  the  Department  to-day 
have  been  secured  since  the  opening  of  the  Museum  in  1894 
These  collections  are  so  numerous  that  even  the  most  impor- 
tant of  them  may  not  be  enumerated.  Most  of  them  have 
been  acquired  by  expeditions  in  the  field.  Some  of  these  expe- 
ditions have  been  due  to  the  generosity  of  friends  of  the  Museum , 
especially  to  Mr.  Stanley  McCormick,  Mr.  Robert  F.  Cummings, 
Mr.  Martin  A.  Ryerson,  Mr.  Harlow  N.  Higinbotham,  Mr.  Ed- 
ward E.  Ayer,  and  Mr.  Allison  V.  Armour. 

Investigators  who  have  been  largely  responsible  for  these 
collections,  and  who  have  spent  much  time  in  the  field,  are  the 
curator  of  the  department,  the  two  assistant  curators,  Mr. 
H.  R.  Voth,  Dr.  C.  F.  Newcombe,  Dr.  J.  W.  Hudson  and  Dr. 
M.  L.  Miller.  The  extensive  collection  of  Etruscan,  Roman, 
and  Egyptian  antiquities  is  due  entirely  to  the  interest  of  Mr. 
Edward  E.  Ayer.  From  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology  and  the 
National  Museum  were  obtained  by  gift  large  and  interesting 
collections  of  Pueblo  models,  pottery,  and  material  from  an- 
cient stone  quarries.  Several  important  collections  have  also 
been  secured  by  exchange  since  the  opening  of  the  Museum. 
Among  the  most  important  of  these  may  be  mentioned  the 
large  collection  of  skulls,  skeletons,  and  other  material  from  the 
cliff  ruins  of  the  Southwest  from  the  Brooklyn  Institute  Museum, 
Eskimo  material  from  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  His- 
tory of  New  York  City,  a large  number  of  skulls  from  the  On- 
tario Archaeological  Museum,  an  archaeological  collection  from 
the  British  Museum,  a collection  of  shields  from  the  United 
States  National  Museum,  and  a large  collection  of  Brazilian 
material  from  the  Museum  fur  Volkerkunde  of  Berlin. 


ii6  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


Placement  OF  Collections: — The  Department  occupies 
the  North  Court,  the  east  alcoves  of  the  South  Court,  the  north 
alcoves  of  the  West  Court,  Halls  30,  31  and  34  in  the  northwest 
quarter  of  the  building,  all  of  the  east  half  of  the  building  includ- 
ing nearly  all  of  the  east  annex,  and  the  east  and  south  galler- 
ies of  the  East  Court.  The  more  precious  exhibits  of  the  De- 
partment, especially  those  of  gold,  are  installed  in  Hall  32. 

The  North  Court  is  occupied  mainly  by  collections  illus- 
trating the  archaeology  of  Europe. 

The  east  alcoves  of  the  South  Court  are  devoted  to  overflow 
collections  of  North  American  ethnology. 

The  East  Court  and  its  alcoves  contain  groups  of  exhibits 
relating  to  North  and  South  American  archaeology. 

Hall  9 is  filled  with  Egyptian  antiquities,  and  halls  on  the 
north  side  (1,2,3  5*  6,  7,  and  8),  and  the  entire  southeast  sec- 

tion (ii,  12,  13,  14,  15,  16,  17,  and  18)  are  devoted  to  the 
ethnology  of  America.  (Hall  18,  or  Ayer  Hall  is  devoted  es- 
pecially to  collections  donated  by  Mr.  Ayer,  which  pertain 
exclusively  to  the  tribes  of  the  Great  Plains.)  Hall  i is  de- 
voted to  temporary  exhibits  of  newly  acquired  or  loan  collec- 
tions. At  present  it  is  occupied  by  material  from  New  Guinea; 
Halls  2 and  3 are  occupied  by  exhibits  from  the  tribes  of  the 
Columbia  River  and  adjacent  regions;  Hall  4 is  occupied  by 
collections  from  the  Eskimo;  Halls  5 and  6 contain  overflow 
collections  from  the  Plains  hall  and  are  devoted  exclusively  to 
the  Algonkin  tribes  of  the  Plains.  Hall  7 may  be  regarded  as 
a continuance  of  Halls  16  and  17  of  the  opposite  sections;  it  is 
devoted  to  the  non-pueblo  tribes  of  the  Southwest,  namely, 
the  Navaho,  Apache,  and  tribes  of  Piman  and  Yuman  stock. 
Hall  8 contains  archaeological  collections  from  the  Southwest. 

The  east  alcoves  of  the  South  Court  and  Halls  10,  ii,  12, 
13,  14,  and  15,  contain  collections  from  the  Northwest  Coast. 
Halls  16  and  17  are  devoted  to  the  Hopi  Indians  of  the  South- 
west, and  with  Hall  8 represent  the  results  of  the  Stanley  Mc- 
Cormick Hopi  expeditions. 

The  north  alcoves  of  the  West  Court  contain  overflow  col- 
lections from  Ayer  Hall  and  are  devoted  to  the  Caddoan  tribes 
of  the  Plains.  Halls  30  and  31  contain  ethnological  collections 
from  Mexico,  Colombia,  Venezuela,  British  Guiana,  Brazil, 
Paraguay,  and  Argentina.  Hall  34  is  devoted  exclusively  to 
collections  from  California;  the  collections  from  the  Mission 
Indians  are  necessarily  placed  in  Hall  2. 


General  View  of  North  Court  Showing  European  Archaeology 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ANTHROPOLOGY 


The  collections  from  the  Islands  of  the  Pacific,  Asia,  and 
Africa,  are  being  rearranged  in  the  East  Annex,  the  provisional 
assignment  of  the  halls  being  as  follows:  Halls  37,  38,  39,  40 

and  55  are  devoted  to  the  Robert  F.  Cummings  Philippine  col- 
lection and  other  collections  from  Malaysia;  in  Halls  41,  42,  43 
and  44  will  be  installed  collections  from  Asia;  in  Hall  57  will 
be  found  collections  from  the  Polynesian,  Melanesian,  and 
Micronesian  Islands  of  the  Pacific;  while  in  Halls,  50,  51,  52,  53, 
56  and  58  wil  be  installed  ethnological  material  from  Africa. 
The  storage  collection  of  physical  anthropology,  instruments, 
and  apparatus  used  in  anthropometry  and  osteometry  will  be 
found  in  Hall  49.  The  collections  of  physical  anthropology 
opened  to  the  public  are  found  in  the  south  gallery  of  the  East 
court. 


ARCHAEOLOGY. 

North  Court. 

EUROPEAN  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

The  central  floor  space  and  many  of  the  alcoves  of  this  court 
are  devoted  principally  to  Eiu*opean  archaeology. 

Cases  i,  6 and  7. — Contain  the  Johnson  collection  of  repro- 
ductions of  Irish  antiquities,  consisting  of  crosses,  croziers, 
shrines,  bells,  harps,  drinking-horns,  vases,  and  personal  orna- 
ments. This  is  j ustly  regarded  as  a most  remarkable  and  inter- 
esting collection  — the  reproductions  having  been  made  with 
the  utmost  care. 

Cases  2,  5,  8,  9,  10,  12,  13,  15,  16,  18,  19,  21,  22,  and  24. — 
Contain  many  Roman  antiquities,  a large  part  of  the  bronzes 
being  reproductions  from  the  originals  now  preserved  in  the 
Naples  Museum.  Of  the  reproductions,  special  attention  may 
be  called  to  the  tables,  braziers,  chairs,  etc.,  installed  on  pedes- 
tals in  the  court  and  alcoves.  These  collections  were  asembled 
by  President  E.  E.  Ayer  during  the  years  1894,  1895  and  1896. 

Cases  3 and  4. — Contain  nearly  two  hundred  examples 
of  the  exquisite  glassware  of  the  ancient  Mediterranean  nations. 
Much  of  the  great  number  are  credited  to  the  Romans,  whose 
influence  and  art  extended  over  so  many  widely  separated  reg- 
ions, but  it  is  believed  that  a limited  number  of  specimens  are 
Phoenician.  The  uses  were  largely  those  of  the  toilet.  The 
forms  and  sizes  are  varied,  and  the  color  is  in  many  cases  at- 
tractive and  brilliant. 


ii8  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


Cases  ii,  14,  17,  20,  25,  27,  28,  and  30. — These  exhibits 
are  mainly  the  contents  of  ancient  Etruscan  tombs,  and  consist 
of  urns,  vases,  ornaments,  etc.,  of  special  interest. 

Alcove  121. — Reproductions  of  objects  of  bronze  from 
Pompeii,  on  pedestals,  originals  preserved  in  the  Naples  Muse- 
um. 

Alcove  122,  Cases  47  and  48. — The  wall  cases  contain 
an  excellent  series  of  images  and  other  works  of  art  in  stone, 
bronze,  wood,  earthenware,  etc.,  relating  to  the  religious  beliefs 
and  observations  of  various  oriental  peoples.  Buddhist  and 
Brahmanist  subjects  predominate.  Forming  a part  of  the 
same  series  are  an  elaborately  wrought  brass  incense  burner 
from  Benares,  India,  and  the  model  of  a Japanese  Buddhistic 
altar,  occupying  spaces  next  the  doorway. 

Case  23. — Contains  an  Etruscan  funeral  bed. 

Case  26.—  Contains  an  Etruscan  decorated  tomb. 

Case  29. — Contains  an  Etruscan  decorated  tomb. 

Alcove  120,  Case  31. — Contains  two  ancient  Roman  stone 
grain  mills. 

Alcove  119,  Cases  32  and  33. — Contain  archaeological 
material  from  Swiss  lake  dwellings;  England,  Ireland,  Italy, 
and  India. 

Alcove  118,  Cases  24,  35,  and  36. — Contain  copies  of  the 
Bemays  and  Hildersheim  treasures,  also  replicas  of  other  his- 
torical gold  and  silver  plate. 

Alcove  117,  nos.  37.  38,  and  39. — Three  large  ancient 
Roman  stone  wine  jars. 

Alcove  124. — Wall,  mural  decorations  from  Bosco  Reale; 
center,  two  Etruscan  tombs. 

Alcove  123,  Case  40. — Contains  mural  decorations  from 
a village  at  Bosco  Reale,  near  Pompeii. 

Case  41. — Contains  Etruscan  tiles,  plaques. 

Case  42. — Contains  an  original  Roman  bronze  bath  tub. 

Case  43. — Contains  original  objects  of  bronze  of  great 
interest. 

Case  44. — Contains  an  original  Roman  bronze  bath  tub. 

Case  45. — Contains  ancient  Italian  tiling. 

Case  46. — Contains  mural  decoration  from  a villa  at  Bosco 
Reale,  near  Pompeii. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ANTHROPOLOGY 


119 


East  Court. 

ARCHAEOLOGY  OF  AMERICA. 

The  Central  Floor  Space. 

The  installation  of  the  exhibits  of  this  court  and  its  alcoves 
may  not  be  considered  permanent,  as  collections  are  constantly 
being  added  which  necessitate  the  shifting  of  the  position  of  the 
collections.  The  general  plan,  however,  is  to  keep  the  collec- 
tions from  South  America  in  the  south  alcoves,  and  the  collections 
illustrating  processes  of  manufacture  of  stone  implements,  in 
the  center  of  the  court  in  the  south  row  of  cases. 

Beginning  at  the  west  is  a case  containing  a group  of  three 
Indians  executed  in  plaster  and  elaborated  with  much  detail. 
They  are  represented  as  engaged  in  the  work  of  quarrying 
boulders  and  roughing  out  stone  implements  from  them,  there 
is  also  a case  containing  a model  of  the  Serpent  Moimd  in  Adams 
coimty,  Ohio.  About  these  cases  are  many  interesting  repro- 
ductions of  Central  American  stone  carvings. 

The  contents  of  several  table  cases  are  devoted  to  illustrat- 
ing the  ancient  flint,  copper,  soapstone  and  red  pipestone  quar- 
ries of  the  United  States. 

Eleven  table  cases  contain  interesting  archaeological  material 
from  Kentucky,  Missouri,  Illinois,  Michigan,  Wisconsin,  Ohio, 
Indiana,  Maine,  and  Canada,  and  objects  from  the  Cliff  Dwell- 
ings of  Utah. 

Six  table  cases  on  the  north  side  contain  interesting  and 
valuable  collections  from  Yucatan,  Chiapas,  Oaxaca,  Mexico. 

At  the  east  end  of  the  court  are  models  of  the  Pueblos  of 
Hano,  Arizona,  Taos,  New  Mexico,  Acoma,  New  Mexico,  and 
Penasco  Blanco,  New  Mexico. 

Swung  at  various  points  beneath  the  galleries  are  boats  rep- 
resenting many  primitive  peoples,  and  along  the  sides  and  at 
the  ends  of  the  court  are  exhibited  totem  poles  or  heraldic 
columns  from  British  Columbia  and  Alaska. 

Case  i. — Manufacture  of  gun  flints  from  Brandon,  England. 

Cases  2 and  3. — Manufacture  of  stone  implements  from 
Mill  Creek,  Illinois. 

Case  4. — Manufacture  of  stone  implements  from  Illinois. 

Case  5. — Manufacture  of  stone  implements  from  Peoria, 
Indian  Territory. 


120  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


Case  6. — Manufacture  of  stone  implements  from  eastern 
Wyoming. 

Case  7. — Manufacture  of  stone  implements  from  District 
of  Columbia  and  Arkansas. 

Case  8. — Aboriginal  copper  mining  implements  from  Michi- 
gan. Manufacture  of  soapstone  vessels  from  the  District  of 
Columbia.  Manufacture  of  stone  implements  from  Minnesota, 
Wyoming,  Virginia,  Pennsylvania,  Ohio,  and  California. 

Case  9. — Manufacture  of  stone  implements  from  Flint 
Ridge,  Ohio,  and  cave  finds  from  Missouri. 

Case  10. — Archaeology  of  Delaware  Valley. 

Case  ii. — Archaeology  of  Delaware  Valley. 

Case  12. — Archaeology  of  Delaware  Valley. 

Case  13. — Archaeology  of  Delaware  Valley. 

Case  14. — Shell  heaps  of  Maine. 

Case  15. — Archaeology  of  Chalcaqui,  Argentine  Republic. 
Case  16. — Archaeology  of  Chalcaqui,  Argentine  Republic. 
Case  17. — Archaeology  of  Chalcaqui,  Argentine  Republic. 
Case  18. — Archaeology  of  Chalcaqui,  Argentine  Republic. 
Case  19. — Cliff  dweller  remains  from  New  Mexico. 

Case  20. — Archaeology  of  Georgia. 

Case  21. — Archaeology  of  Ohio. 

Case  22. — Archaeology  of  Canada,  Kentucky,  and  Indiana. 
Case  23. — Archaeology  of  Indiana. 

Case  24. — Stone  implements  of  Wisconsin. 

Case  25. — Copper  implements  from  Wisconsin. 

Case  26. — Archaeology  of  Hopewell  group  of  mounds,  Ohio. 
Case  27. — Archaeology  of  Mexico. 

Case  28. — Archaeology  of  Valley  of  Mexico. 

Case  29. — Archaeology  of  Valley  of  Mexico. 

Case  30. — Archaeology  of  Valley  of  Mexico. 

Case  31. — Ruins  of  Xkichmook,  Yucatan. 

Case  32. — Ruins  of  Chichen  Itza,  Yucatan. 

Alcoves  of  the  East  Court. 

Alcove  81. — Reproductions  of  Central  American  antiqui- 
ties. 

Alcove  82,  Case  i. — Prehistoric  pottery  of  Mexico. 

Case  2. — Stone  carvings  from  Valley  of  Mexico. 

Case  3. — Carved  stone  figures.  Mexico  and  Central 
America. 


General  View  of  East  Court  Showing  American  Archaeology  and  Alaskan  Totem  Poles;  Physical 
Anthropology  and  Botany  in  Gallery 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ANTHROPOLOGY 


I2I 


Case  4. — (Temporary.)  Archaeology  of  Mexico. 

Alcove  83,  Cases  i,  2,  3,  4,  and  5. — Objects  from  the  Hope- 
well  group  of  mounds,  Ohio. 

Alcove  84,  Case  i. — Archaeology  of  Costa  Rica. 

Cases  2 AND  3. — Temporary  installation  of  archaeological 
material  from  Archaeology  of  Mexico. 

Case  4. — Archaeology  of  Nicaragua. 

Alcove  85,  Cases  i and  3. — Prehistoric  pottery  from 
Arkansas. 

Case  2. — Archaeology  of  Illinois. 

Case  4. — Archaeology  of  Alabama,  Florida,  and  Arkansas. 

Case  5. — Archaeology  of  Illinois  and  Missouri. 

Alcove  86,  Case  i. — Archaeology  of  California. 

Cases  2 AND  3. — Pottery,  woven  articles,  etc.,  from  Cliff 
Dwellers. 

Case  4. — Prehistoric  pottery  from  Utah  and  New  Mexico. 

Alcove  87. — Models  of  cliff  dwellings. 

Case  i. — Archaeology  of  Southwestern  Colorado. 

Alcove  89,  Cases  i,  2,  3 and  4. — Prehistoric  pottery,  ob- 
jects of  stone,  wood,  and  metal  from  Cuzco,  Peru. 

Alcove  90,  Cases  i,  2,  and  3.— Prehistoric  pottery,  ob- 
jects of  stone,  wood,  etc.,  from  Santa  Valley,  and  Northern 
Peru. 

Case  4. — Archaeology  of  Iquique,  Chili. 

Case  5. — Objects  of  copper,  wood,  stone,  and  bone  Necrop- 
olis, of  Caldera,  Chili. 

Alcove  91,  Cases  i,  2,  3 and  4. — Prehistoric  pottery  and 
contents  of  graves  from  Sierra  Gorda,  Ancon,  Chancald,  Cerro 
Azul,  Peru. 

Alcove  92,  Cases  i,  3,  3,  4 and  5. — Contents  of  graves, 
mummies.  Ancon,  Peru. 

Alcove  93,  Cases  i,  2 and  4. — Prehistoric  pottery  from 
Colombia. 

Case  3. — Archaeology  of  La  Plata  Island,  Ecuador. 

Alcove  94. — Reproductions  of  Central  America. 

ETHNOLOGY. 

Owing  to  the  rapid  increase  in  the  collections  of  ethnology 
and  the  peculiar  size  and  arrangement  of  the  halls  and  courts 
of  this  temporary  building,  it  has  not  been  possible  to  maintain 


122  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


a geographical  arrangement  of  material  such  as  would  be  ne- 
cessary to  bring  out  the  historical  and  psychological  relation- 
ship of  the  collections.  One  desiring  to  obtain  a comprehensive 
systematic  \dew  of  the  collections  from  North  America  would 
\dsit  these  halls  in  the  following  order:  Halls  4 and  10,  the  east 
alcoves  of  the  South  Court,  Halls  14,  15,  ii,  12,  13,  3,  34,  17,  16, 
8,  7,  6,  5,  the  north  alcoves  of  the  West  Court,  and  Hall  18. 
Thus  one  would  visit  in  order  the  collections  from  the  Eskimo, 
the  tribes  of  the  North  Pacific  Coast,  California,  the  Southwest, 
and  the  Plains.  From  the  peoples  of  these  regions  are  very 
extensive  collections,  nearly  every  tribe  being  represented. 

Hall  1. 

This  hall  at  present  is  devoted  to  the  temporary  exhibition 
of  newly  acquired  or  loan  collections.  At  present  it  is  occu- 
pied by  very  large  collections  representing  several  districts  or 
cultural  areas  of  North  Guinea. 

Hall  2. 

This  hall  contains  certain  collections  from  the  tribes  of  the 
Columbia  River  region  which  properl 3^  belong  to  Hall  3. 

Hall  3. 

Case  i. — Implements  of  stone,  baskets,  games,  etc.,  Wasco 
Indians,  Oregon. 

Case  2. — Drums,  painted  and  carved  hide  packing  bags, 
costumes.  Warm  Springs,  Oregon. 

Case  3. — Baskets,  Klikitat  Indians,  Washington. 

Case  4. — Costumes,  ornaments,  horse-trapping  imple- 
ments, and  utensils,  Nez  Perce  Indians,  Idaho. 

Case  5. — Costumes,  ornaments,  packing  bags,  musical  in- 
struments, Umatilla  Indians,  Oregon. 

Case  6. — Costumes,  shields,  implements,  Comanche  Indians, 
Oklahoma. 

Case  7. — Costurhes,  water  jars  or  basketry,  ornaments, 
games,  utensils,  Uintah  Ute  Indians,  Utah. 

Case  8. — Painted  hide  and  beaded  bags,  utensils,  drums, 
flutes,  Shoshoni  Indians,  Wyoming. 

Case  10. — -Costumes,  utensils,  games,  etc.,  Bannock  Indians 
Idaho. 

Case  ii. — Costumes,  ornaments,  etc.,  Ute  Indians,  Utah. 

Case  12. — -Personal  ornaments,  amulets,  dance  parapherna- 
lia, Shoshoni  Indians,  Wyoming. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ANTHROPOLOGY 


123 


Case  13. — Objects  of  dress  and  ornaments,  games,  etc., 
Shoshoni  Indians,  Wyoming. 

Case  14. — Woven  bags,  Nez  Perce  Indians,  Idaho. 

Case  15. — Costumes,  hats,  drum,  painted  packing  bags, 
Yakima  Indians,  Washington. 

Case  16. — Costumes,  Warm  Spring  Indians,  Oregon. 

HaU  4. 

ESKIMO. 

This  entire  hall  is  devoted  to  collections  from  the  Eskimo 
of  Alaska,  Siberia,  Hudson  Bay,  and  Greenland,  Several  groups 
with  details  carefully  arranged,  impart  interest  and  instruction. 

Case  i. — Sleds,  harness  and  whips. 

Case  2. — Eskimo  hunter  in  kyak,  with  throwing  stick  and 
spear. 

Case  3. — Models  of  houses. 

Case  4, — - Clothing  from  Yukon  River,  Alaska. 

Case  5. — Mats,  basketry,  etc.,  from  Alaska  and  Siberia. 

Case  6. — Clothing,  from  Siberia. 

Case  7. — Bows,  arrows,  throwing  sticks  and  lamps,  from 
Alaska,  Siberia,  and  Greenland. 

Case  8. — Cutting  and  digging  implements,  from  Alaska 
and  Siberia. 

Case  9. — Clothing  from  Greenland. 

Case  10. — Harpoons,  ice  scoops,  blubber  hooks,  from 
Alaska,  Siberia,  Hudson  Bay,  and  Greenland. 

Case  ii. — Darts,  paddles,  and  hunting  knives,  from  Alaska, 
Siberia,  and  Greenland. 

Case  12. — Eye  shades,  seal  calls,  toggles,  skin  combs,  im- 
plements, pipes,  powder  flasks,  snuff  mortars,  and  masks. 

Case  13. — Clothing  from  Northern  Alaska. 

Case  14. — Industrial  group — -man  drilling  ivory  and  wo- 
man dressing  a skin. 

Case  15. — Clothing,  from  Hudson  Bay. 

Case  16. — Group  of  Eskimo  family,  with  dogs  and  sleds. 

Case  17. — Snow  knives,  harpoon  foreshafts,  ivory  boxes, 
man  s working  knives,  net -making  implements,  ivory  carvings, 
fish  lines  and  bird  snares. 

Case  18. — Girl  fishing  through  hole  in  the  ice. 

Suspended  above  are  the  skin  boats.  Around  the  walls  are 
placed  fishing  nets. 


124  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


Halls  5 and  6. 

These  halls  at  present  contain  collections  from  Polynesia, 
Micronesia,  and  Malanesia,  but  will  soon  be  installed  with  col- 
lections from  the  Algonkin  tribes  of  the  Plains,  which  properly 
form  a part  of  Ayer  Hall. 

Hall  7. 

This  hall  contains  collections  from  the  non-Pueblo  tribes  of  the 
Southwest.  Those  from  the  Piman  and  Y uman  stocks  are  found 
in  the  east  half  of  the  hall,  while  those  from  the  Navaho  and 
Apache  are  found  in  the  west  half  of  the  hall.  The  Navaho 
and  Apache  are  tribes  of  Athapascan  stock. 

Hall  8. 

The  archaeological  specimens  of  the  Hopi  Indian  collections, 
presented  by  Mr.  Stanley  McCormick,  are  installed  in  this  hall, 
and  consist  of  pottery,  bahos,  stone  slabs,  implements  and 
ornaments,  from  graves  and  ruins  of  Arizona  and  New  Mexico. 

Case  I. — Ruins  at  Chevalon,  twelve  miles  southeast  of 
Winslow,  Arizona. 

Case  2.— Ruins  at  Homolobi  No.  2,  seven  miles  north  of 
Winslow. 

Case  3. — San  Cosmos,  Arizona. 

Case  4. — San  Cosmos,  Arizona. 

Case  5. — Ojo  Calient e,  New  Mexico. 

Case  6. — Bittahoochee,  Arizona. 

Case  7. — Ruins  of  Walpi,  Arizona. 

Case  8. — Mishongnovi,  Arizona. 

Case  9. — Sikyatki,  Arizona. 

Case  10. — Sikyatki,  Arizona. 

Case  ii." — Homolobi  No.  i,  Arizona. 

Case  12. — Homolobi  No.  i,  Arizona. 

Case  13. — Homolobi  No,  i,  Arizona. 

Case  14. — Homolobi  No.  i,  Arizona. 

Case  15. — Homolobi  No.  i,  Arizona. 

Case  16. — Holomobi  No.  i,  Arizona. 

Case  17. — Round  Valley,  “X  Ranch,”  Arizona. 

Case  18. — Ruins  along  Little  Colorado  River,  Arizona. 

Case  19. — Various  small  ruins  of  Tusayan,  Arizona. 

Case  25. — Ruins  of  Chukubi  and  Awatobi,  Arizona. 

Case  21. — Ruins  of  Walpi,  Arizona. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ANTHROPOLOGY 


125 


Case  22. — Ruins  of  Walpi,  Arizona. 

Case  23. — Ruins  of  Walpi,  Arizona. 

Case  24. — Ruins  of  Mishongnovi,  Arizona. 

Case  25. — Painted  stone  slabs  and  bahos,  from  ruins  of 
Walpi,  Arizona. 

Case  26. — Painted  stone  slabs  and  bahos,  from  ruins  of 
Walpi. 

(Halls  16  and  1 7 are  also  devoted  to  Hopi  collections) . 

HaU  9. 

EGYPTIAN  archaeology. 

In  this  hall  are  installed  the  extensive  collections  brought 
together  by  Mr.  Edward  E.  Ayer  and  others: 

Case  i. — Contains  five  mummies  of  younger  persons.  One 
of  these  is  remarkable  in  having  a portrait  painted  on  wood  sub- 
stituted for  the  usual  mask,  and  another  has  the  wrapping 
removed,  so  that  a good  idea  of  the  state  of  preservation 
may  be  gained. 

Case  2. — Mortuary  papyrus  of  a lady  named  Isty. 

Case  3. — In  the  small  floor  case  are  mummies  of  two  young 
children  with  elaborate  gilt  masks. 

Case  4. — Contains  neatly  prepared  mummies  in  their  orig- 
inal coffins,  one  of  which  is  wood,  and  one,  a unique  specimen, 
of  interlaced  bulrushes. 

Case  5. — Two  mummies  of  women  in  plain  wooden  coffins. 
Ptolemaic  period  325  to  44  B.  C. 

Case  8. — Coffins  and  mummies  of  a lady  named  Tentat. 
Thebes,  XXII  Dynasty,  loth  century,  B.  C.,  presented  by 
“The  Railroad  Table  of  the  Chicago  Club.” 

Case  10. — Mummy  case,  containing  the  body  of  a lady 
named  Dje-Mutesankh.  Thebes,  XXI  Dynasty  (about  1000 
B.  C.).  Presented  by  Mr.  James  W.  Scott. 

Case  15. — Mummy  case  of  a lady  named  Naja-Rames, 
XXXII  Dynasty,  B.  C.,  700.  Presented  by  Mr.  F.  H.  Winston. 

Case  16. — Mummy  of  a man  named  Pu-Nefer.  XIX  Dy- 
nasty, B.  C.,  1200. 

Case  17. — Mummy  of  a lady  named  Men,  in  coffin  with 
light  colored  lid  with  yellow  stripes,  containing  inscriptions; 
XXII  Dynasty,  B.  C.  1000. 

Case  18. — Casts  of  Egyptian  rulers,  etc. 


126  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


Case  19. — Busts  and  fragments  of  stone  statues. 

Case  20. — Tomb  tablets  of  stone  of  various  periods. 

Case  21. — Mummy  of  a woman  in  a stooping  position. 
Case  22. — Mummies  of  cats,  dogs,  jackals,  hawks,  alliga- 
tors, etc. 

Case  23. — Wooden  mortuary  offerings. 

Case  24. — Ushebti  figures  of  wood  and  implements  of  iron. 
Case  25. — Bronze  figures  of  various  divinities,  mirrors,  etc., 
presented  by  Mr.  Watson  F.  Blair. 

Case  26. — Glazed  pottery,  amulets,  temple  vessels  of  bronze. 
Case  27. — Bronze  implements  and  utensils. 

Case  28. — Papyri  and  personal  ornaments. 

Case  29. — Clay  vessels  and  inscribed  potsherds. 

Case  30. — - Stone  and  clay  mortuary  offerings,  cut  leather 
corselet  of  priest. 

Case  31. — Mortuary  offerings  of  gray  schist  and  stone  vases. 
Case  32. — Glazed  earthen  ware  ushebti  figures. 

Case  33. — Writing  material,  palettes,  etc. 

Case  34. — Earthenware  vessels. 

Case  35. — Pottery  vessels  from  tombs. 

Case  36. — Earthenware  vessels. 

Case  37. — Alabaster  vases  and  objects. 

Case  38. — Alabaster  vases  and  objects. 

Case  39. — Two  mummy  cases. 

Case  40. — Two  mummy  cases. 

Case  41. — Alabaster  vases. 

Case  42. — Bronze  implements  and  utensils. 

Case  43. — Mortuary  boat  excavated  at  foot  of  Dashur 
pyramid. 

Case  44. — Mummy  and  case  and  mortuary  jars. 

Case  45. — Coffin  containing  mummy  of  child  named  Padi- 
Amon. 

Occupying  the  upper  lines  on  the  east  and  west  walls  are  a 
number  of  good  examples  of  balcony  fronts  from  modern  Cairo, 
and  three  specimens  of  colored  glass  screens. 

Upon  the  north  wall  above  the  cases  are  arranged  frames 
containing  excellent  specimens  of  mortury  cloths. 

The  south  wall  is  covered  with  fragments  of  stone  tombs. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ANTHROPOLOGY 


127 


ALCOVES  OF  THE  SOUTH  COURT. 

Alcove  109. 

Case  i. — Catawba  and  Cherokee  pottery,  basketry,  etc. 
Case  2. — Northern  Athabascan  clothing,  ornaments,  etc. 
Case  3. — Cheyenne  Sun  Dance  Altar. 

Case  4. — Arapaho  Sun  Dance  Altar. 

Alcove  110. 

TLINGIT. 

Travel  and  transportation. 

Ornaments,  shaman’s  paraphernalia,  etc. 

Shaman’s  paraphernalia,  and  dance  pharapher- 

Ceremonial  dance  paraphernalia. 

Ceremonial  dance  head  gear. 

Alcove  111. 

TLINGIT. 

Case  i. — Mortuary  objects. 

Case  2. — Warfare  objects. 

Case  3. — Ornaments,  implements,  from  Kootenay,  Idaho, 
and  British  Columbia. 

Hall  10. 

TLINGIT. 

CA.qR  T — Dishes. 

— Spoons. 

— Household  furnishings. 

— Basketry. 

— Basketry. 

— Basketry. 

— Basketry. 

— Pipes  and  games. 

— Storage  receptacles. 

— Men  and  women’s  toola 
Blankets. 

Hall  11. 

Kwakiutl. 

Case  i. — Household  furnishings. 

Case  2. — Blanket  weaving. 

Case  3. — Dress  and  ornaments. 


Case  2 
Case  3 
Case  4 
Case  5 
Case  6 
Case  7 
Case  8 
Case  9 
Case  10 
Case  ii 


Case  i. — 
Case  2. — 
Case  3. — 
nalia. 

Case  4. — 
Case  5. — 


128  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


Case  4. — Basketry. 

Case  5. — Women  and  men’s  industries. 

Case  6. — Hunting  and  fish  arts  and  manufactures. 

Case  7. — Mortuary  objects,  games,  and  model  of  house. 

Hall  12. 

KWAKIUTL. 

Case  i. — Clans  ceremonial. 

Case  2. — Winter  ceremonial. 

Case  3. — Guessing  game. 

Case  4. — Feast  dishes,  and  spoons. 

Case  5. — Potlatch  paraphernalia. 

Case  6. — Cannibal  Dance  Group. 

Case  7. — Winter  ceremonials. 

Case  8. — Clans  ceremonials. 

Case  9. — Winter  ceremonial. 

Case  10. — Winter  ceremonial. 

Case  ii. — Cannibal  Dancer. 

Case  12. — Ceremonial  feast  dishes. 

Case  13. — Ceremonial  feast  figures. 

Around  the  wall  house  crests,  etc. 

Hall  13. 


Case 

Case 

Case 

Case 

Case 

Sound. 

Case 

Case 

Case 

Case 

Case 

Case 

Case 

Case 

Case 

Case 

Case 


SALISH  TRIBES. 

1.  — Basketry,  Lillooet. 

2.  — Basketry,  spoons,  boxes.  Coast  Salish,  B.  C. 

3.  — Mortuary  objects,  Lillooet. 

4.  — Ceremonial  canoe,  Salish,  Washington. 

5.  — Basketry,  spoons,  games,  etc.,  Salish,  Puget 

6.  — Clothing,  utensils,  Chinook,  Washington. 

7.  — Loom,  weaving  tools.  Coast  Salish,  B.  C. 

8.  — Dance  paraphernalia,  foods.  Coast  Salish,  B.  C. 

9.  — Basketry,  Salish,  Thompson  River,  B.  C. 

10.  — Basketry,  Salish,  Thompson  River,  B.  C. 

11.  — Industries  from  Coast  Salish,  B.  C. 

12.  — House  Group,  Salish,  B.  C. 

13.  — Salish  Industries. 

14.  — Basketry,  and  clothing,  Skokomish. 

15.  — Industries,  foods,  etc.,  Thompson  River,  B.  C. 

16.  — Salish,  Thompson  River,  B.  C. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ANTHROPOLOGY 


129 


Hall  14. 

HAIDA  AND  TSIMSHIAN 

Case  i. — House  model,  Haida. 

Case  2. — Dance  paraphernalia,  Haida. 

Case  3. — Household  effects,  Tsimshian. 

Case  4. — Dance  material,  Tsimshian. 

Case  5. — Industries  and  transportation,  Tsimshian. 

Case  6. — Hunting  and  fishing  implements,  Haida. 

Case  7. — Mortuary  objects,  Haida. 

Case  8. — Clan  crests,  Haida. 

Case  9. — Storage  chests,  Haida. 

Case  10. — Feast  dishes  and  spoons,  Haida. 

Case  ii. — Feast  dishes  and  spoon,  Haida. 

Case  12. — Industries,  Haida. 

Case  13. — Dance  paraphernalia,  Haida. 

Case  14. — Dance  paraphernalia,  Tsimshian. 

Case  15. — Musical  instruments,  Haida. 

Case  16. — Shaman’s  paraphernalia,  games,  war  and  hunt' 
ing  implements,  Haida. 

Case  17. — Chief’s  paraphernalia,  Haida. 

Case  18. — Basketry  and  Matting,  Haida. 

Case  19. — Storage  chests,  Haida. 

Hall  15. 

BELLA  COOLA  AND  NOOTKA-MAKAH  TRIBES. 

Case  i. — Masks,  Makah. 

Case  2. — Masks,  ceremonial  objects,  Makah. 

Case  3. — Ceremonial  objects,  Nootka. 

Case  4. — Models  of  house  and  grave  posts,  Bella  Coola. 
Case  5. — Ceremonial  objects,  household  utensils,  Bella 
Coola. 

Case  6. — Dance  masks  and  whistles,  Bella  Coola. 

Case  7. — Dance  Masks  and  whistles,  Bella  Coola. 

Case  8. — Fishing  paraphernalia,  Makah. 

Case  9. — Household  furnishings,  Makah. 

Case  10. — Ceremonial  paraphernalia. 

Case  ii. — Basketry,  matting,  etc. 

Case  12. — Hunting  and  fishing  implements,  Nootka. 

Case  13. — Dance  aprons,  and  robes,  Nootka. 

Case  14. — Stone  implements,  games,  tools,  Bella  Coola. 

Case  15. — Tools,  matting,  hats,  and  clothing. 


130  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


Hall  16. 

HOPI  INDIANS. 

The  collection  in  this  hall  is  devoted  to  the  religion  and  cere- 
monies of  the  Hopi  Indians  of  Arizona,  and  was  presented  by 
Mr.  Stanley  McCormick. 

Other  parts  of  the  Hopi  Indian  collection  will  be  found  in 
Halls  8 and  17. 

Cases  i,  2,  3,  4,  5,  and  6. — Contain  dolls  or  katcinas  and 
ethnological  and  ceremonial  objects. 

Cases  7 and  8 — Ceremonial  masks  and  head  dresses. 

Case  9. — Cho  altar  and  sand  mosaic. 

Case  10. — Altar  of  the  Blue-Flute  Society. 

Case  ii. — Katcina  initiation  sand  mosaic. 

Case  12. — Anga  Katcina  dances. 

Case  13. — Hemis  Katcina  dancers. 

Case  14. — Powamu  altar  and  sand  mosaic. 

Case  15. — Powalawu  sand  mosaic. 

Case  16. — Snake  altar  and  sand  mosaic. 

Cases  17  and  18. — Ceremonial  masks  and  head  dresses. 

Hall  17. 

HOPI  INDIANS. 

The  collection  in  this  hall  is  devoted  principally  to  the  arch- 
aeology of  the  Hopi  Indians  of  Arizona,  and  to  the  domestic  side 
of  their  modern  life,  the  main  portion  of  which  was  presented 
by  Mr.  Stanley  McCormick. 

Other  parts  of  the  Hopi  Indian  collections  presented  by  Mr. 
McCormick  will  be  found  in  Halls  8 and  16. 

Case  i. — Soyal  (Winter  Solstice)  altar,  with  star  and  war 
gods. 

Case  2. — Altar  of  Marau,  a woman’s  society. 

Case  3. — Ooqol  altar  and  priestess. 

Case  4. — Women’s  ceremonial  costume. 

Case  5. — Costumes  of  men,  women  and  children. 

Case  6. — Katcina  and  snake  dance  costumes. 

Case  7. — Model  of  Pueblo  of  Walpi. 

Case  8. — A Hopi  home,  illustrating  the  domestic  pursuits. 

Case  9. — Shields,  clothing,  buffalo  robes,  Rio  Grande 
Pueblo. 

Case  10. — Utensils,  tops,  etc.,  Oraibi. 


DEPARTMENT  OE  ANTHROPOLOGY 


131 


Case  ii. — Ballukon  screen. 

Case  12. — Stone  implements,  blankets,  ornaments,  feather 
cases. 

Case  13. — Katcinas  and  stone  implements. 

Case  14. — A boomerang  thrower. 

Case  15. — A bride. 

Cases  16  and  17. — Meal  trays  of  basketry. 

Hall  18. 

Edward  E.  Ayer  Hall. 

TRIBES  OF  THE  GREAT  PLAINS. 

This  hall  is  devoted  to  the  so-called  tribes  of  the  Great 
Plains,  principally  of  the  Siouan  stock,  though  there  are  tem- 
porarily installed  there  collections  from  tribes  of  the  Algonquin 
and  Iroquois  stock. 

This  hall  contains  only  a small  part  of  the  gift  of  Mr.  E.  E. 
Ayer.  Upon  the  north  wall  are  arranged  the  original  Catlin 
paintings  of  Indians.  Suspended  from  the  ceiling  are  canoes 
of  various  tribes. 

Case  i. — Costumes,  ornaments,  ceremonial  objects,  Osage 
Indians,  Oklahoma. 

Case  2. — Matting,  woven  bags,  bowls,  ladles,  pipes,  etc., 
Osage  Indians,  Oklahoma. 

Case  3. — Arrows,  pipes,  ornaments,  Kiowa. 

Case  4. — Buffalo  robe,  bags,  ornaments,  Flathead. 

Case  5. — Bags,  games,  spoons,  knife  cases,  clothing,  Gros- 
ventre. 

Case  6. — Painted  hide  tipi  lining,  sleds,  harness,  utensils, 
etc.,  Cree  Indians,  Alberta,  Northwest  Territory. 

Case  7. — Decorated  hide  tipi  lining,  wooden  bowls,  ladles, 
utensils,  Blackfoot  Indians,  Montana  and  Alberta,  Northwest 
Territory. 

Case  8. — Drums,  rattles,  bows,  arrows,  ceremonial  objects, 
games,  etc.,  Blackfoot  Indians,  Montana  and  Alberta,  Northwest 
Territory. 

Case  9. — Wooden  bowls,  ladles,  mortars,  utensils,  packing 
bags,  Sauk  and  Fox  Indians,  Iowa.  Wooden  household  utensils, 
etc.,  Micma  Indians,  Nova  Scotia. 

Case  10.  Beadwork.  Chippeway  Indians,  Minnesota. 
Packing  bags,  Kickapoo  Indians. 


132  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


Case  ii. — Men’s  costumes  and  ornaments,  pipes  and  bags, 
Blackfoot  Indians,  Montana  and  Alberta,  Northwest  Territory, 

Case  12. — Women’s  costumes  and  ornaments,  Blackfoot 
Indians,  Montana  and  Alberta,  Northwest  Territory. 

Case  13. — Rabbitskin  robe,  child’s  robe,  objects  for 
women’s  use  and  wear.  Cree  Indians,  Alberta,  Northwest  Ter- 
ritory. 

Case  14. — Men’s  costumes,  pipes,  ornaments,  games,  etc., 
Cree  Indians,  Alberta,  Northwest  Territory. 

Case  15. — Games,  musical  instruments,  head  dresses,  orna- 
ments, amulets,  pipes,  etc.,  Crow  Indians,  Montana. 

Case  16. — -Horse  trappings,  painted  tipi  door  flap,  painted 
and  carved  hide  bags,  medicine  bags,  etc.,  Crow  Indians,  Mon- 
tana. 

Case  17. — Decorated  hide  tipi.  Cree  Indians,  Alberta, 
Northwest  Territory. 

Case  18. — Men’s  and  boys’  costume,  war  bonnets.  Crow 
Indians,  Montana. 

Case  19. — Women’s  and  girls’  costumes  and  blankets,  cra- 
dles, etc..  Crow  Indians,  Montana. 

Case  20. — Buffalo  hide  shields.  Crow  Indians,  Montana. 

Case  21. — Buffalo  hide  shields.  Crow  Indians,  Montana. 

Case  22. — Buffalo  hide  shields.  Crow  Indians,  Montana. 

Case  23. — ^ Buffalo  hide  shields,  bows  and  arrows,  Crow 
Indians,  Montana. 

Case  24. — Shields,  bows,  arrows,  rattles,  flutes,  etc.,  Osage 
Indians,  Oklahoma. 

Case  25. — -Costumes,  pipes,  etc.,  Oto  Indians,  Oklahoma. 

Case  26. — Leggings,  ornaments,  Ponca  and  Tonka wa. 

Case  27. — -Woven  bags,  drums,  wooden  bowls,  ladles,  mor- 
tars, etc.,  Winnebago,  Indians,  Wisconsin. 

Case  28. — Drums,  flutes,  medicine  bags,  beaded  pouches, 
horn  spoons,  etc.,  Sioux  Indians,  North  and  South  Dakotas. 

Case  29. — Stone  war  clubs,  bows,  arrows,  etc.,  Sioux  In- 
dians, North  and  South  Dakotas. 

Case  30. — Saddles,  saddle  cloths,  beaded  bags,  painted 
bags,  Sioux  Indians,  North  and  South  Dakotas. 

Case  31. — Beaded  cradles,  dolls,  amulets,  etc.,  Sioux  In- 
dians, North  and  South  Dakotas. 

Case  32. — Decorated  buffalo  hide,  dancer  ornaments,  etc., 
Sioux  Indians,  North  and  South  Dakotas. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ANTHROPOLOGY 


133 


Case  33. — Ceremonial  objects,  rattles,  drums,  flutes,  etc., 
Iroquois  Indians,  Canada. 

Case  34. — Masks  worn  in  the  ceremony  of  the  burning  of 
the  white  dog.  Iroquois  Indians,  Canada. 

Case  35. — Hair  ornaments,  men’s  costumes,  etc.,  Sioux  In- 
dians, North  and  South  Dakotas. 

Case  36. — Women’s  and  girls’  costumes,  etc.,  Sioux  Indians, 
North  and  South  Dakotas. 

Case  37. — Pipes,  pipe  cleaners,  beaded  pipe  bags,  Sioux 
Indians,  North  and  South  Dakotas. 

Case  38. — Painted  robe,  ornaments,  ceremonial  objects, 
games,  Yankton  Siotix,  Montana. 

Case  39. — Rattles,  carved  wooden  bowls,  horn  spoons,  etc., 
Cuthead  Sioux,  North  Dakota.  Ornaments,  games,  etc.,  Sisse- 
ton  Sioux,  North  Dakota. 

Case  39. — Berry  bags,  saddles,  drums,  head  dresses,  cos- 
tumes, etc.,  Assinaboin  Indians,  Montana. 

ALCOVES  OF  THE  WEST  COURT. 

Alcove  106. 

Cases  i and  2. — Wichita. 

Cases  3,  4 and  5. — Pawnee. 

Alcove  107. 

Case  i. — Miniature  model  of  Pawnee  Medicine-Men’s  cere- 
mony. 

Case  2. — Miniature  model  of  Pawnee  Sacred  Bimdle  cere- 
mony. 

Case  3. — Miniature  model  of  Wichita  Grass  Lodge. 

Case  4. — Miniattue  model  of  Thunder  Ceremony  of  the 
Pawnee. 

Alcove  108. 

Cases  i and  2. — Arikara. 

Hall  34. 

CALIFORNIA. 

Cases  1-4. — Klamath  and  Modoc,  Oregon,  and  Cahfornia. 

Cases  5-12. — Hupa,  Yurok  and  Karok,  North  West  Cali- 
fornia. 

Case  13. — Shasta. 

Cases  14,  15. — - Achomawi. 


134  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


Case  i6. — Wintun. 

Cases  17-23. — Porno. 

Case  24. — Piute. 

Cases  25,  26. — Shoshoni. 

Cases  27-31,  — Mono. 

Cases  32-35. — Yokut. 

Cases  36,  37. — Miwok. 

Cases  38  AND  39. — Maidu. 

Cases  40  and  41. — Washo  and  Lake  Tahoe. 

Hall  30. 

In  this  hall  are  installed  collections  from  the  Sierra  Madre 
Indians  of  Mexico.  Modern  Mexican  ceramics,  blankets,  pon- 
chos, and  other  objects  of  wearing  apparel,  implements  of  war 
and  of  the  chase,  household  utensils,  etc.,  from  tribes  of  Colom- 
bia, Costa  Rica,  Peru,  Bolivia,  Paraguay,  and  Brazil. 

Upon  the  north  wall  are  arranged  replicas  of  Mexican 
feather  shields. 

Cases  i,  2,  17  and  18. — Indian  tribes  of  Mexico. 

Case  3. — Goohiba,  Paya,  and  Plain  tribes,  Colombia. 

Case  4. — Salamanca  Indians,  Costa  Rica. 

Cases  5 and  12. — Jiveros-Indians,  Peru. 

Case  6. — • Chunchos  Indians,  Peru. 

Cases  7 and  ii. — Tribes  of  Brazil. 

Cases  8,  9,  and  10. — Tribes  of  Paraguay. 

Cases  13,  14,  15,  and  16.- — Quichma  and  Aymara  Indians 
of  Peru  and  Bolivia. 

Hall  31. 

One  side  of  this  hall  contains  valuable  collections  from  Venez- 
uela and  British  Guiana.  The  other  side  of  the  hall  contains 
collections  from  the  Gran  Chaco  tribes.  The  most  northern  of 
the  groups  inhabit  Brazil  and  Bolivia,  while  the  more  southern 
extend  into  the  Aregentine  Republic. 

The  principal  tribes  represented  in  the  collection  are  the 
Toba,  Lengua,  Chamacoco,  Guarani,  Cuximoso,  Pana,  Paita, 
and  Omiri.  The  collection  is  especially  interesting  as  repre- 
senting tribes  which  have  had  but  little  contact  with  civiliza- 
tion. The  collection  contains  much  beautiful  feather  work. 

Cases  i,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  and,  8. — Tribes  of  the  Gran  Chaco 
region. 

Cases  9,  10  and  ii. — Tribes  of  Venezuela. 

Cases  12,  13  and  14. — Tribes  of  British  Guiana. 


THE  LIBRARY. 


The  Library  is  designed  for  reference  purposes  only.  It  con- 
tains many  valuable  scientific  and  technical  works  and  is  pri- 
marily for  the  use  of  the  Curators  and  for  those  desiring  to  pur- 
sue special  studies  relating  to  the  exhibits  in  the  Museum. 

The  collection  of  books  and  pamphlets  on  the  shelves  num- 
bers approximately  40,000.  It  includes: 

The  Kunz  collection  of  works  on  minerals,  gems  and  semi- 
precious stones,  and  containing  many  rare  tomes  on  these  sub- 
jects, in  Latin,  dating  back  to  the  Fifteenth  and  Sixteenth 
centuries. 

The  Skiff  collection,  containing  many  valuable  books  of  ref- 
erence on  minerals,  mining,  and  metallurgy.  (This  collection 
has  been  placed  in  the  Library  of  the  Department  of  Geology, 
West  Annex.) 

,The  Edward  E.  Ayer  Library  of  Ornithology,  which  con- 
tains a set  of  the  original  Audubon  books  and  over  three  hun- 
dred rare  and  valuable  reference  works. 

There  are  valuable  works  on  Anthropology  and  Botany  in 
the  Departmental  Libraries. 

RULES  OF  THE  LIBRARY. 

1.  The  Library  is  open  daily,  except  Sunday,  from  9:00 
A.  M.  to  4:30  p.  M.  It  is  entirely  a library  of  reference. 

2.  Books  may  be  obtained  by  making  application  to  the 
Librarian. 

3.  Books  or  periodicals  deposited  in  the  Departmental 
Libraries  will,  in  certain  cases,  upon  application,  be  returned  to 
the  General  Library  for  the  use  of  an  applicant. 

4.  Current  periodicals  can  be  consulted  in  the  Reading 
Room  only. 

5.  Curators  may  have  accommodation  transfers  to  their 
respective  Departmental  Libraries. 

6.  Any  defacement  of  books  and  all  losses  or  injuries  must 
be  promptly  adjusted  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Librarian. 

In  the  Reading  Room  will  be  found  the  current  magazines 


136  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


and  periodicals  pertaining  more  particularly  to  scientific,  tech- 
nical, and  kindred  subjects. 

THE  OFFICES  OF  THE  MUSEUM. 

The  Director. — Southeast  corner  of  South  Court. 

The  Department  Curators: 

Anthropology  — East  Gallery  of  East  Court. 
Botany  — North  Gallery  of  North  Court. 

Geology  — Southwest  corner  of  West  Annex. 
Zoology  — Southwest  corner  of  West  Court. 

The  Librarian. — Northwest  corner  of  North  Court. 
The  Recorder. — Southeast  corner  of  South  Court.